Nokia 6370 User Manual
User Guide Thank you for purchasing your new Nokia 63 7 0 phone. W eâÂÂre here for you! www .nokiahowto.com Learn how to use your new Nokia phone. www .nokia.com Get answers to your questions. www . warrant y .nokiausa.com Register your phone so we can better serve your needs! N O K I A I N C. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard, Suite 1 50, T ampa, FL 336 1 4 Phone: 1 -888-NOKIA-2U (1 -888-665-4228) Fax: 1 -8 13-249-96 1 9 T ext T elephone/ T elecommunication Device for the Deaf (TTY/ TDD) Users: 1 -800-24-NOKIA (1 -800-246-6542) Copyright é 2002 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 6370 and the Nokia original accessories logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners. Some features are network dependent. Nokia reserves the right to make changes to products or specifications without prior notice. Learn more about how to use Nokia products at www .nokiahowto.com and Nokia at www .nokia.com . Nokia is a broadly held company with listings on six major exchanges, including the New Y ork Stock Exchange (symbol: NOK). 9354439 Printed in Canada N5 164 503326_6370_UG_RegVrsn 4/15/02 1:50 PM Page 1
User Guide for Nokia 637 0 Phone Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following US patents: Question Answ er Where to get info My number Wireless service provider Number to call for voice mail Wireless service provider Wireless providerâÂÂs number Wireless service provider ProviderâÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Model number 637 0 Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type NHP-2FX Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Chapter 2 "W elcome", "Find information about your phone" D405445 54448 16 5737323 582 189 1 5990 740 6055264 6 154455 Others D406583 549 17 18 5754976 5854978 599 1627 60 72787 6 167 083 4558302 D4 14 189 559657 1 5758278 5859843 6005889 60 76 181 6205325 490 130 7 D405784 5642377 5790957 5887250 6009129 60 7857 0 62530 75 50561 09 D4235 15 5699482 5793744 5887252 602580 2 608447 1 6292474 51 0 150 1 4969 192 57 0 1392 5796757 588977 0 6029065 6088342 5 1 09390 5440597 57 08656 5802465 59298 13 60470 7 1 6 148290 5265 1 19 RE32580
The wireless phone d escribed in this guide is approve d for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL IN FORMA TION P art No. 9354439 Issue No. 1 Copy right é 2002 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Original Accessories logos, Snake II, P ass âÂÂn Rush, Space Impact, Bumper , and Racket are trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. Printed in Ca nada March, 200 2.PDF created in US March 27, 2002. US P atent No 58 18437 and other pendin g patent s. T9 text input so ftware Copyright é 1999-200 1 . T egic Communication s, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information contained i n this user guide was written for Nokia 637 0 phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of t he products describ ed in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIREC T DAMAGE S HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT AR E PROVIDED â AS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LA W , NO W ARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EI THER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , TH E IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULA R PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O TH E ACCURA CY AND RELIABILI TY OR CONTENTS OF TH IS DOCUMENT . N O K I A R E S E R V E S T H E R I G H T T O R E V I S E T H I S D O C U M E N T O R W I T H D R A W I T A T A N Y TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NO TICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations . Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity t o receiving equipment). The FCC or Indust ry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assis tance, contact your local service facilit y . This device complies wit h part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject t o the condition t hat this device does not cause harmful interference.
[ iii ] T able of contents For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 W elco me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand w ireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Learn about Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Contac t Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 REGISTER Y OUR PHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 E-NEWSLE TTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Contact your s ervice provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Y our Nokia phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About the a ntennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 About the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chec k the Start scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Learn about t he keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Make an d answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Review phone symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Use the selection keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 View your phone â s help syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Browse phone menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Menu a nd menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 3 Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Learn about y our headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Adjust the volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Adjust sc reen contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Lock key pad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 4 T ext entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
[ iv ] Enter letters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Write using ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Write with pre dictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 5 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Saving names a nd numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Recall names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Edit a name or numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Add a number to a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Erase stored names and numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Add other information to a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Use calle r groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Chec k memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 1 6 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Check miss e d, receive d, or dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Clear ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Use call t i mers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 T urn on a current ca ll timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Clear ca ll timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Data timers (Da ta/fax and M inibrowser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 7 V oice m ailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Listen to your voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 8 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Write a tex t message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Use message templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Learn about e -mail tex t messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Receive text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Respond to a te xt message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reply to a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 0 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Organize text messages using folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
[ v ] 9 P ersonal ization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Learn about profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Select a differe nt profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Use a t imed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Cust omize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Rename profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Set the displa y language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Cust omize the W elc ome screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Learn about v oice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 1 0 Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 View in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Use call forwa rding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Use call w aiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Make a c onference call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Send own calle r ID with next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Use Aut omatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 V oice dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Learn about C aller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Use T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Link phone book entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 Learn about V oice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 1 1 Security and System settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Lock key pad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Automatic upda te of se rvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Learn about sy stem se lection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 12 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 Use the alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13
[ vi ] Use the to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19 13. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 14 Y our phon e and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 IR basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 PC Connectiv ity - cable and IR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 15 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Understand browsing s e ssions and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Launching the minibrows er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Minibrowser me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Navigate in the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Receive mes sages via the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 End the minibrows er session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Disable minibrowse r confirmations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 16 Reference information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Use acc essories safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Certification information ( SAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 CARE A ND MAINTENA N CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Access ories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Battery informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Chargers a nd other accessorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Complete Car Kit (CARK-9 1H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Frequently Asked Que stions ( FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 T echnical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 17 Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Appendix A: A messa ge from the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Appendix B: A message from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 18 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 7
For your safety Read these simple guidelines. Breaking the rules may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. SWITCH OFF WHERE PR OHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-held phone while dr iving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fu el or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where bl asting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenna unnecessarily .
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ACCESSORIES AND BA TTERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do n ot connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESIST ANCE Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, r ead its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. INFRARED PRECAUTIONS Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. This device is a Class 1 Laser product. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code, then press . T o end a call, press . T o answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . Enter the emergency number , then press . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] Quick guide Make a ca ll Enter phone number , press Answer a call Press Answer a call with call waitin g Press or Answer End a call Press Ignore a ca ll Press Silenc e when your phone rings Redial Press twice Adjust c all volum e Press the up or down volume key Use the in-call menu While in a call, press Options Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key 2 throug h 9 Save a name and number Enter a number , press Options and select Save . Enter a name and press OK Recall a name/number Press Names , select Search. Enter name and press Search or List Recall a name/number during a ca ll Press Options , scroll New call , press Sel ect , press Search , enter the firs t letter of the name to find Che ck voice mai l Press and hold OR dial your voice mailbox number Send a text message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipient â s phone number , then press Options . Scro ll to Enter text, then press Select . Ent er the message text, t hen press Options and select Send . Send an e-mail message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipient â s e-mail address , then press Options . Scroll to Enter text, then press Selec t . Enter the message text, t hen press Options and select Send . Read new message Press Show Reply to a me ssage Press Options , select Reply , then select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Repl y to an e-mail messa ge Press Options , select Reply , then select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Send a busines s card (SMS) Recall a name from the phone book. Press Details , then press Options , select Send bus. card , select Via text msg. Enter the recipient â s number or pre ss Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK . Send a busines s card (IR) Same as above, but select Via infrared. Align the IR port s of the 2 devices, t hen press Select .
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS Full list of shortcuts on page 24 1 MESSAGES T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Write message . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T empl ates. . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 Erase messages . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Message settings . . . . 0 1-1-7 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Minibrowser messages . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 3 PROFILES Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . 4-4 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Network services . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 5 SYSTEM 6 GAMES Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 Space Impact . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-3 Pa s s â n Rush . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OICE V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice commands . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . 7-2-4 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . 7-3-2 8 M I N I B R O W S E R 9 M O B I L E L I N K Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 1 0 ORGANIZER Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 -2 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-4 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5
[ 5 ] 1 1 W elcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phone - a new tool for the mobile information society . Nokia recommends that you read this chapter before you use your new phone. Y ou will find useful information about: ⢠How to use this guide ⢠How to understand netw ork services ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you use this guide efficiently as you l earn to use your phone. Understand the terms This guide uses certain terms for certain actions. ⢠Press means to briefly press then release a key . Fo r example, Press means â Press the zero key . â â¢ Press Menu means to press the key that is below the word Men u on the phone â s scree n. ⢠Press and hold means to press and hold a key for two to three seconds (depending on the feature you â re using), th en release the key . ⢠Use the selection keys and to choose an option on a menu. ⢠Highlighted means that an op tion you see on the screen is en closed in a dark bar . Choices you make with the two selection keys act on the highlighted option.
[ 6 ] 1 Observe text conventions This user guide provides text clues to help make instructions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called conventions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons (small pictures) to alert you to important information. Tip: Provides information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feat ur e or points out an important concept. Important: Alerts you to information critical to using a feature correctly . Caution! Warns you when you may lose information. W arning! Helps you avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Convention What it means bold Indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the phoneâ s screen. ⢠Special text such as Notes and W arnings. bold and bl ue Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide W eb . blue and italic A definition for the word or phrase appears in the terms list (glossary) near the end of the user guide. italic Italics indicate emphasis. P a y close attention to any information in italics.
[ 7 ] 1 Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this user guide to reflect changes or corrections. The latest version can be found in the US market section of the Nokia W e b site: http://www .nokia.com ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y our service provides âÂÂs wireless network may be equipped to provide special features or functions for use with your Nok ia phone. These features are called network servic es , and may include some of the following: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠T ext and picture messages ⢠Ability to block or send your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet access services Sign up with a service provider Before you can take advantage of your service provider â s network services, you must sign up with a wireless service provider and subscribe to these services. Y our service provider will make available descriptions of its services and instructions for using them. Note differences among service providers Wireless service providers may differ from each other in certain ways. For example, some networks may not support special language-dependent c ha ra c te rs . Contact your service provider regarding your service needs.
[ 8 ] 1 ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is c ommitte d to mak ing mobi le p hones easy to use for all in dividuals, including those with disabilities. Nokia maintains a W eb si te th at is dedicated to access ibility solutions. For more in formation abo ut p ho ne features, accessories, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, please visit the following W eb site: www .nokiaaccessibility .com Alternate format user guides This user guide is available in alternate formats, including: ⢠Braille ⢠Large print ⢠Audiocassette ⢠E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, in Microsoft W ord or WordP erfect format). T o request any of the above formats, please contact Nokia Customer Care. Please se e â Contact Nokia â on page 9 for more information. Accessible features Y our phone has many accessible features, including the following: ⢠T actile feedback when a you press a key ⢠Adjustable display contrast ⢠Ability to send and receive short text messages ⢠Convenience of one-touch dialing ⢠Vibrating alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠V olume keys located on the side of your phone ⢠Flashing lights alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠TTY/TDD device compatibility using t he 2.5mm accessory jack
[ 9 ] 1 T ext T e lephone (TTY) and T eletype Device for the Deaf (TDD) device compatibility Y our Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2.5mm accessory jack that can be used to connect any â cel lular ready â or â cellular compatible â TTY/ TDD device â s cable to your phone. It may be possible to connect the TTY/ TDD device to the bottom connector using the HDA-8 phone adapter . However , Nokia recommends using the 2.5mm accessory jack for optimum performance. Important: Once your TTY/TDD device is connected t o your phone, you must use the phone â s menu ( Men u - Settings - Accessory settings - TT Y ) to enable the TTY/TDD mode. LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset The LPS-1 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make the 6300 series phone more accessible to hearing-aid users. The Nokia Loopset gives hearing-impaired wireless customers clear access to digital telephony for the first time. With the loopset, people who use a T -coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls without noise interferenc e. Note: The LPS-1 is sold separately as an accessory . Once you connect the LPS-1 to your phone, use the phone â s menu ( Me nu - Settings - Accessory se ttings - Loopset ) to enable loopset mode. ⢠CONTACT NOKIA When you need help, the Nokia Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the table on the following page for more information on how to contact Nokia.
[ 1 0 ] 1 If you ever need to call Nokia Customer Care, Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless service provider , you will need to provide specific information about your phone. This information is provided o n the phone â s label. Y our phone â s label The label is on the back of your phone (under the battery). It contains important information about your phone, including the model and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you note this information on the t itle page of this guide. Please do not remove or deface the label. Have the right information available W e recommend that you have the f ollowing information available before you contact the Nokia Customer Service depar tment: ⢠the phoneâ s model number ⢠electronic serial number (ESN) ⢠your ZIP code Customer Care C enter , USA Customer In teraction Centre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800-24-NOKIA (1-800-246-6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427-1 0 7 0
[ 1 1 ] 1 Have the phone or accessory available Whether you â re calling about your phone or an accessory , have the equipment available when you call. A Nokia representative may asks a specific question about your phone or accessory , so please have the device available for quick reference. ⢠REGISTER Y OUR PHONE Make sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) so that we can serve your n eed s better if you should need to call th e Nokia call center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you can sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections if you would like. Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, accessory information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YOUR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers have pre-programmed their customer support number into the phone. Pressing and holding the key (or the key that your service provider instructs you to use) for two seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This feature can be helpful if you â re having diffi culties dialing a number , especially when traveling outside your home area. If your service provider deter mines that the problem is Nokia-related, the provider â s representative will direct you to the Nokia Customer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer Service (Canada). Note: This one-key feature may not be available on all systems. Contact your service provider for availability .
2 [ 12 ] 2 About your phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provid es you with quick steps for making, answering, an d managing your calls. The rest of this guide user provides complete details on phone use. ⢠Y OUR NOKIA PHONE Infrared port Antenna Ear piece Screen Right selection key End key Microphone Key p a d Po w e r k e y Up scroll key Left selection key Down scroll key Ta l k k e y 2.5mm Accessory jack V olume keys
[ 13 ] 2 ⢠ABOUT THE ANTENNAS Y our phone is equipped with two antennas. The internal antenna is active when the whip antenna is fully retracted. Extending the whip antenna disables the internal antenna As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch either of the two antennas unnecessarily when the phone is switched on. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than otherwise needed. Not touching the antenna area during a phone call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk time of your phone. Hold the phone to your ear , placing your finger tips on the ridge of the battery cover (located below the antenna area on the back of your phone). ⢠ABOUT THE BATTERY Install the battery If your dealer has already installed th e batter y , please see â Charge the battery â on page 14. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone by gripping the bottom of the phone between thumb and index finger . Press downward with the other thumb , sliding the cover toward the bottom of the phone. Set the back cover aside. 2 Place the battery in the compartment with the label side facing up and the metal contacts aligned with the contact pron gs. Whip antenna Internal antenna
2 [ 14 ] 3 Slide the battery into place and snap the top of the battery in so that the retainer bar comes down snugly next to the battery . 4 Replace the cover by sliding it upward until you hear a click. Charge the battery Follow these guidelines to charge the battery . 1 With your phone on or off, connect the lead from the charger to the bottom of the phone. 2 Connect the charger to an AC wall outlet. The battery indicator bar appears on the screen and starts to scroll up and down after a few seconds. 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the battery is fully char ged. After the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery is approximately 80% charged, and is fully charged after an additional hour (approxi mately). See â Charging and Dischargingâ on page 145 for more information. Note: For best performance, charge the battery for 24 hours before you use the phone. The charging time depends on the charger and battery you use. For example, the charging time for the BLB-3 battery with the ACP-8U charger is approximately 2 hours.
[ 15 ] 2 Important: Do not leave the battery con nected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance char ging could shorten its lifetime. Remove the battery Y ou will need to remove the existing battery if you want to install a new battery or if you â ve purchased a spare battery . Make sure the phone has been turned off for ten seconds. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone as shown in step 1 on page 13. 2 Place your index finger in the space at the top of the battery , and press toward the bottom of the phone. 3 T ake out the battery . W arning! Use on ly your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of pr operly . Important battery information ⢠Recharge your bat tery only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls while the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, the message Batter y full is displayed momentarily . ⢠Charging time d epends on the charger and battery u sed. Please se e â Battery informationâ on page 144 for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely empty , you may need to recharge it for a few minutes before you can make or receive calls.
2 [ 16 ] Prolong battery life A battery lasts longer and performs better if you fully discharge it from time to time. T o discharg e your battery , follow either of these steps. ⢠Leave your phone switched on u ntil the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the batt ery completely discharge. ⢠Or , use the b attery discharge feature of any approved accessory available for your phone. Important: Do not attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF T o switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for two seconds. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN The Start screen refers to the phone âÂÂs display when no ca lls are in progress, and the re are currently no menu or phone book entries displayed. Y ou can easily return to the Start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were enter ing at the time will be lost, and your work will not be saved. Po w e r k e y
[ 17 ] 2 The following table describes the primary indicators and icons found on the Start screen: ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The table on the following page contains a summary of how the various keys on your phone work. Elem ent Description Home Y our service provider â s name may appear here. Shows the signal strength of the wireless network where you a re. The higher the ba r , the stronger th e signal. Shows the battery charge level. The higher the bar , the higher the power level in the battery . Menu The entry point for your phone â s menu. Press (left selection key) to view the menu options. Names The entry point for the phone book menu. Press (right selection key) to view the phone book menu options. Icon appears in upper left corner of screen, indicating that you are in a digital network.
2 [ 18 ] Ke y Description Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the phone on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles.P ower key also displays menu while using Minibrowser Selection: Press to choose the option shown by the word above the key (for example, Menu or Names ). Scroll keys: Press to scroll up or down through a menu list of options. Ta l k : Press to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pressing this key when not in a call (or when not in the menu or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. End: Press to end a call, to silence the ring from an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Used as Back key in Minibrowser . through Number: Use keys 1 through 9 to enter numbers and letters. Press and hold to dial your voice mailbox. Press and hold to launch the Minibrowser . # key: Use # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text input. * key: Use * key to enter special characters (example: punctuation) or access special characters menu. V olume : Use to increase or decrease volume.
[ 19 ] 2 ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference f or making and answering calls: Ta s k Instructions Make a call 1 Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press 3 Hol d the phone as you would any other telephone, with the ear piece over your ea r and the microphone near your mouth. Answer a call When your phone rings, press End a call Press to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press when you don â t want to answer a call, but still want to silence the ringer . Avoid accidental calls Press Men u then (within three seconds) to lock your keypad. This activates th e Keyguard feature. Unlock keypad When the keypad is locked, press Menu then (within three seconds). This deactivates the K eyguard feature.
2 [ 20 ] ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBOLS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may see on your phone. Symbo l Description A call is in progress. Y ou have selected the Silent profile (sil encing your phone â s ringer , keypad tones, warning tones, etc.) K eyguard is active Y ou have one or more voice messages waiting. Y ou have one or more unread text messages waiting. Digital service is available. Letters you enter appear as uppercase (ALL CAPS). Letters you enter appear in lowercase. Letters you enter appear in sentence case (first word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in phone book). Characters you enter appear as numbers. Predictive text mode is active. Predictive t ext feature available for Calendar and T o-do list notes, or writing text messages . Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first word in sentence capitalized). Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters.
[ 2 1 ] 2 ⢠USE THE SELECTION KEYS Note the two selection keys beneath the screen. The f unction of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters. Insert symbol mode, used to enter special characters such as punctuation m a rk s. The alarm clock is set. Indicates that a r eminder has expired. Indicates you are roami ng. Indicates call over a secure connection. Indicates that a headset is connected (either via the 2.5mm jack or to bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in handsfree car kit Indicates a connection to packet data network. Indicates you have a minibrowser message. Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active Symbo l Description Right selection key Left selection key
2 [ 22 ] For example, pressing the left selection key when the word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Y ou scroll through the menus using the and keys. Likewise, pressing the right selection key when Names appears above it displays the phone book menu. When this guide says, â Press Me nu ,â it means, â Press the selection key beneath the word Menu . â â¢ VIEW YOUR PHONE â S HELP SYSTEM Y our pho ne prov ides bri ef descri ptions o f all m enu op tions. To vi e w a n y o f the help texts: 1 Scroll to a menu or submenu option. 2 W ait about 15 seconds. A short message appears, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use and as needed to scroll down through longer descriptions. ENABLE/D ISABLE HELP SYSTEM Press Men u 4-2-4 ( S ettings > Phone settings > Help text activation ) to turn the phone â s help system on or off. ⢠BROWSE PHONE ME NUS Y our phone â s menu system displays choices you can make to change sett ings on y our pho ne or giv es you access to various phone features. Y our phone has 1 0 menus, plus the phone book menu ( Names ). Each menu can contain several levels of submenus. Menu items
[ 23 ] 2 Y ou can use menus and submenus two ways: by scrolling or by using a shortcut. Check the menu number , header line, and scroll bar A header line appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigating the menus. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminder of the menu or sub-menu with which you are working. A scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll through the main menu. A tab on the bar gives you a visual indication of your relative position in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of the scroll bar . Scroll through menus 1 At the Start scree n, press Menu , then scroll through the menus using the and keys. 2 Press Options , Select , or OK , pressing the selection key for the option you want. 3 Use the scroll and selection keys to navigate the submenus; press the key to return to the Start screen. SCROLLING TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll upward (backward, so to speak) as well as downward to find some of the most frequently used submenu options. ⢠Y ou can return to the previous menu level by pressing Back . ⢠T o exit a menu and return to the Start screen, press . If you leave a menu by pressing , you cancel any changes yo u made. ⢠Some menus may not appear . Ask your service provider for details. Scr oll bar wit h tab Header line
2 [ 24 ] Learn about menu shortcuts Menus and options are numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. USE A SHORTCUT Example: T o turn on Automatic redial: 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 4-1-2-1 ( Settings > Ca ll settings > Automatic redial > On ). ⢠MENU AND MENU SHORTCUTS MESSAGE S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Write message (T ext/P age) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Add e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-1 Add number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-2 Enter text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-3 List recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-4 Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-5 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-1 Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-2 Use number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-3 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-4 Use W e b link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-5 Save address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-6 Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-7 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-8 Rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-9 Save picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-1 0 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3
[ 25 ] 2 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T e mplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 Erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 All read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-4 Message settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7 Sending options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7-1 Other settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7-2 V oice messages 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Listen to voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-1 View details of last voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-2 V oice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-3 Clear voice mail icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-4 Minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 CALL LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Missed calls 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Call time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1 Send message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2 View number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Use number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Add to name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 -2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 1 Menu option may vary , based on your service provider â s req uiremen ts. 2 Options for the Received calls and Dialed calls lists are identical to Missed calls l ist of options.
2 [ 26 ] Call Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1 Show call time on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1-1 Duration of dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-4 Life timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 Last received data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 All sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3 All received data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-4 Duration of last data/fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5 Duration of all data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6 Clear all data/fax logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-7 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Last sent browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-1 Last received browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-2 All sent browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-3 All received browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-4 Last browser session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 All browser sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-6 Clear all browser logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-7 PROFILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1 Customize 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2 Ringing options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-4 Message alert tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-6 1 Customize options for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager profiles are identical to those of the Normal profile
[ 27 ] 2 W a rning tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-7 Accepted caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-8 Profile name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-9 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 Auto-update of service 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4 Minibrowser confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5 None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-1 On connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-2 On exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-3 Both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-4 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 No card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-1 Card A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-2 Card B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-3 Card C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-4 Card D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-5 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 Manual touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2-1 T ouch tone length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 - 2 W e lcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3 Help text activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-4 1 Normal profile cannot be renamed. 2 Menu option may not be visible, based on your service provider â s r equirements.
2 [ 28 ] Lights 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5-1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5-2 Display contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-6 Restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-7 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Show (Hide) clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-1 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-2 Time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-3 Auto update of date & ti me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-1 Confirm first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-3 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-1 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-2 Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-3 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-1 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 Use loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-2 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 Use TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-2 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-3 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Restrict outgoing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1-1 Restrict incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1-2 1 Appears when in Handsfree mode.
[ 29 ] 2 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-1 Allowed number when phone locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-2 Change lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-3 Change security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-4 Network services 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2 Forward all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-1 Forward if busy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-2 Forward if not answered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-3 Forward if out of reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-4 Forward all data calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-5 Cancel all call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-6 Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 Send own caller ID with next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4 Y es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4-1 No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4-2 Network feature setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 Own number selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-6 SYST EM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Home only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 GAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 Pa s s â n Rush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Space impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-3 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Game sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-1 1 Network service s menu options are visible only after enter i ng the correct services code . 2 Menu options may vary , depending on your service provider â s requirements.
2 [ 30 ] Game lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-3 V OICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Add voice tag 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1 Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-1 Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-3 V oice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-5 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 Call voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2-1 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 Activate infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3-1 Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4-1 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5 Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2 Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-1 Edit title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-3 Alarm/Add alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-4 MINIBROWSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 V oice command options for Profiles, V oice m ailbox, Infrared, and Call log same as V oice tag options.
[ 3 1 ] 2 MOBILE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Incoming data/fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-1 Data calls only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-2 F ax calls only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-3 Data rate display 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2 T ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-1 Graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-3 ORGANIZE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2 View day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-1 Make a note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-4 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-5 Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-6 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-7 Send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-8 Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-9 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-1 0 Make note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-1 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-2 Birthday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-3 Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-4 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4 Set the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-1 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-2 Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-3 1 Menu options may vary , depending on your service provider â s requirements.
2 [ 32 ] Time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-4 W eek st arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-5 Auto erase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-6 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3 Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-1 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-2 Edit priorit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-3 Go to priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-4 Save to cal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-5 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-4 Change priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-5 Go to priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-6 Save to cal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-7 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-4 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5 Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-1 Show last time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-2 Split timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-3 Lap timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-4 View times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-5 Erase times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-6 Important: Some menu shortcuts may not be availabl e. This list serves as a more detailed list of your phone â s menu structure, as well as a list of shortcuts. ⢠PHONE BOOK MENU From the Start screen, press Names . The following phone book options are available (see table on following page):
[ 33 ] 2 Menu Menu (cont â d.) Search Add new Edit name Erase One by one Erase all Add number Options Scrolling view Name list Name number Memor y statu s 1-touch dialing View number Change Erase Vo i c e t a g s Playback Change Erase Own numbe rs Call er gr ou ps Fa mily a Rename group Group ringing tone Group logo On Off View Send logo Group members Remove name Add name VIP Friends Business Other a. Menu options for VIP , Friends, B usiness, and Other are identical to Family options.
3 [ 34 ] 3 Phone setup Now that you â ve had a chance to learn about some of the basic functions and features of your phone, you may want to explore a few options to improve the way you use your phone. ⢠LEARN ABOUT YOUR HEADSET Y our sales package may include either the HDC-9P or HDE-1 headset. Using the headset offers you convenient handsfree commun i cations with your phone. Note: The HDC-9P and HDE -1 headsets ar e also available for purchase as an accessory , in the event yours becomes lost or damaged (or was not a part of your sales package). Connect the headset Before using the headset: 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Put the round ear piece into one ear . Use the headset Y ou can make, answer , and end calls as usual with the headset connected. The headset â s microphone hangs at th e side of your head. Although the microphone may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at a normal volume. Y ou can use the HDC-9P â s button to answer or end a call, a s well as activate voice dialing or voice commands. microphone button
[ 35 ] 3 Y ou can also use the or to answer and end calls. HDE-1 users must use th ese keys to answer or end ca lls. ⢠ADJUST THE VOLUME Y ou can change your phone â s ear piece volume, making the caller â s voice sound louder or softer . The volume keys are located on the side of the phone. Adjustments to the ear piece volume can be made at any time by pressing the top volume key to increase volume or the bottom key to decrease volume. ⢠ADJUST SCREEN CONTRAST Y ou can change the contrast on your phone â s screen, making the screen brighter or darker . 1 Press Menu 4-2-6 ( Setti ngs > Phone settings > Display contrast) . Y our phone displays the current setting. 2 Press or to increase or decrease contrast. 3 Press OK to confirm your changes. ⢠LOCK KEYPAD (K EYGUARD) The K eyguard feature all ows you to temporarily lock your phone â s keypad and prevent the keys fr om being pressed accidentally (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). For more infor mation about locking your keypad, please see â Lock keypad ( Keyguard) â on page 1 04. Vo l u m e keys
4 [ 36 ] 4 T ext entry W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letter s, numbers, and special characters via the ph one â s keypad when working with the phone book, calendar , to-do list, text messaging, or while browsing the Internet. This section provides detailed instructions for the two text entry methods: traditional text entry , and predictive text input. ⢠ENTER LETTERS AND NUMBERS Y ou have four modes available for enteri ng information, based on the type of data you â re entering (phone book, organizer notes or text messages): Mode The phone shows Use fo r ABC - sentence c ase or title case (first letter capitalized) - all uppercase letters - all lowercase letters Entering names, numbers or addresses in phone book. Entering notes in Calendar or T o-do list Writing a text message. 123 - number entry . Entering numbers. Special characters - special char acters list Entering p unctuation or special characters Predictive text - in combination with ABC mode indicators. Writing SMS text messages, calendar or to- do list notes.
[ 37 ] 4 ⢠WRITE USING ABC AND 123 MODES A status indicator in the upper left corner of your screen indicates what mode you â re in whenever you ar e entering information into your phone (phone book, calendar , to-do list, or text messaging). Enter letters The following table contains a list of the characters displayed when entering text and numbers from your keypad: Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that key â s option s. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key rep eatedly until the desired letter appears. Continue this process until t he word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word you â re entering is on the same key , wait two to three seconds for the cursor to advan c e, then enter the new letter , or press to advance the cursor . Important: Y our phone â s language settings may af fect the characters assoc i ated with your phone â s keypa d. Ke y Characters Ke y Ch aracters . , @ ' ? ! - 1 P Q R S 7 A B C 2 T U V 8 D E F 3 W X Y Z 9 G H I 4 Space, 0 J K L 5 Special characters menu M N O 6 Changes letter case.
4 [ 38 ] For example: to enter the name â Albert â : Press A Press l Press b Press e Press r Press t Note: Default mode s is sentence case where fi rst letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case -each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTIONS ⢠Erase mistakes - If you make a mistake, press Clear to erase one character to the left. Press and hold the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space - When youâ ve completed entering a word or name, press . ⢠Change letter case - Press to switch between the var ious text entry modes or from uppercase and lowercase letters. Enter numbers Y our phone automatically switches to 123 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using any of the following methods: ⢠Press and hold the key for t w o seconds to switch to 123 mode, then press the desired number keys. Press and hold again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired number key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears.
[ 39 ] 4 Enter punctuation/other characters Y ou can enter punctuation, specials characters, and symbols while writing text messages, entering notes in the Organizer , creating phone book entries, or browsing the Internet. The illustration to the right shows a sample of the available characters. ENTER PUNCTUATIO N OR SPECIAL CHARACTE RS Depending on the type of t e xt you â re entering, you can add punctu ation or special characters by doing any of the following: ⢠Press repeatedly while in ABC mode to cycle through some of the most common punctuation marks and special characters. ⢠Press to activate the spe cial characte rs list. A scre en appears displaying the available special characters. Use the scroll keys to highlight the desired character , then press Select . Note: For faster scrolling when viewing the special characters list, you can use the (up), (down), (left) and (right) keys. Press to Select your choice. Important: Some networks may not support all language- dependent characters. Use special characters in phone numbers Y ou can enter certain special characters as a part of the phone numbers you save to the phone book. Pressing repeatedly cycles through the four special characters available when saving a phone number . * This character sends command strings to the network. Contact your service provider for more information.
4 [ 40 ] This character is used to link a 1-touch dialing location to the number currently being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs when the phone dials a number . Numbers entered to the right of this special character are automatically sent as touch tones after a 2.5-second pause. w This character causes the phone to wait for you t o pr ess Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Y our phone offers a quick way to enter text called predictive text input. Predictive texts uses a highly compressed database (or "dictionary") of common words and tries to anticipate the word you are entering. Y ou can use predictive text input when you: ⢠Write or reply to a text message ⢠Create a note in the calendar or to-do list ⢠Enter text while using the Minibrowser W atching predictive text guess a word can be confusing, so you should disregard the screen until all characters have been entered Example : T o write â Nokiaâ : What you press What you see Press - N O Press - o On Press - k Onl Press - i Onli Press - a Nokia
[ 4 1 ] 4 K E YS AND TOOLS FOR PR EDICTIVE TE XT Ke y Description - Use for text entry . Press each key only once per letter . Press and hold the key to enter the number . If the underlined w ord is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and special characters. Spell If the word ente red isn â t recognized, Spell appears above the left selection key . Press Spel l , enter the desired word, then press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to erase characters faster . Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to enter a zero. Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , then press and hold again to return to predictive text. Press once to add a period. Press repeatedly to view other punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuation mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text.
4 [ 42 ] T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu while writing a text message or to-do note. Once enabled, predictive text is available to all features that support it. For example, if you enable predictive text while writing a text message, you also enable pred ictive text for to-d o list notes. in the screen â s upper left corner indicates predictive text is active. ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (QUICK METHOD) While creating a new text message, calendar note, or to-do list note. press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The message T9 prediction on is di splayed and the English language dictionary is enabled.(or the most recently selected dictionary). ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (AND SELECT DICTIONARY) While creating a new text message or to-do list note: 1 Press Options , scroll to Predictive text, and press Select . 2 Scroll to the dictionary you want (for example, English ), then press Select. The message T9 prediction on is displayed. The dictionary in the language you â ve selected is enabled. T urn off predictive text input While creating a new text messag e or to-do list note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds, -OR- 1 Press Options , scroll to Predictive text and press Select . 2 Scroll to Prediction off , th en press Select . Tips for predictive text CHECK A WORD When you â ve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown:
[ 43 ] 4 ⢠Press to confirm the word and enter a space. Continue by writing the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation mark, then press for a new sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press repeatedly until the word you want appears, then press to confirm your choice and continue. -OR- ⢠Press Options , scroll to Matches , then press Select . Scroll to the correct word and press Use . Press to confirm the word an d enter a space. Tip: When you en ter punctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next word automatically appears in uppercase. ADD A WORD TO THE DICTIONARY When the word you intended to write is not in the dictionary , the left selection key becomes Spel l . 1 Select Spell and enter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Save to insert the correct word (and to save it to the dictionary). INSERT NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS The procedure for entering numbers with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see â Enter numbers â on page 38. The procedure for entering symbols with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see â Enter punctuation/other characters â on page 39. WRITE COMPOUND WORDS 1 Write the first part of the compound word, then press to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press to enter the word.
5 [ 44 ] 5 Phone book W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can save up to 500 entries (names and associated numbers) in your phone book. In addition, your phone book is capable of storing multiple numbers for each name (home, business, mobile, etc.), as well as text information (postal address, e-m a il address, or note) . Note: Phone book memory is dynamic. The amount of detail stored for each entry may affect total number of entries available. ⢠SAVING NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to save names and numbers in your phone book. Instructions for the two most common ways are listed below . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (USI NG PHONE BOOK MENU) 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Select . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code (as necess ary) and phone number , then press OK . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (QUICK SAVE) 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad. 2 Press the left selection key twice ( Options - Sa ve ). 3 Enter a name and press OK . 4 Press Done to return to the Start screen.
[ 45 ] 5 Tip: Pressing and holding the Options selection key for two seconds after entering the number stores the number only . ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to recall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can perform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to the selected phone book entry , or delete the entry . From the Start screen, recall a phone book entry as follows: ⢠Press or to display the list of phone book entries. Press repeatedly to scroll through the list of names. Tip: When viewing the list of names, enter the first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book aut o matically jumps to that section of the phone book. ⢠Press Names , select Search , enter the first few letters of the entry , then press Search . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has several menu options f rom which you can choose. These options appear when you press Names . Use the scroll keys to move to the option you want t o use. Option Description of function Search Allows you to search for a specific phone book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit name Allows you to edit the name of a phone book entry Erase Allows you to erase phone book entries one by one or all at once
5 [ 46 ] Displaying the phone book Y our phone book â s information can be displayed in three different ways: ⢠Name list - Entries displayed as a list of names. ⢠Name number - Name and default number displayed When viewing the phone book, use or to scroll through the phone book entries. Change phone book view 1 Press Names , scroll to Options , then press Select . 2 Select Phone book view , then scroll to the view option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact Options Displays a list of phone book options, including phone book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dialing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t a g s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialing Own numbers Displays your phone number(s) Caller groups Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories and assign special ringing tones and graphics to the group Option Description of function
[ 47 ] 5 ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phone book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , t hen press Options . 3 Scroll to Edit name or Edit number and press Select . 4 Edit the name or number , then press OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY There are several ways to add additional numbers to an existing phone book entry . Y our phone book can store up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: General , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x . From the phone book 1 Press Names , scroll to Add number , then press Select . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , then press Add no. 3 Scroll to the type of number you are adding ( Gene ral , Mo bile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ,), then press Select . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the Start screen 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad, then press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Add to name , then press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , then press Add no. 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select .
5 [ 48 ] By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , then press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add number , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type Every time you create a new phone book entry , your phone automatically assigns the General number type to the new number . Y ou can use a phone book entry â s Options menu to change the number type for any of the phone numbers. (For example, change a number â s type from General to Home .) 1 Recall the name from the phone book. 2 Press Details , then scroll to highlig ht the number you want to modif y . 3 Press Options , scroll to Change type, then press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would like, then press Select . Important: If you plan on using Nokia PC Sync to synchronize your phone book and your PC â s PIM (P ersonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book entry contains multiple numbers, the number ent e red when the phone book entry was created is designated as the primary number . When you highlight a phone book entry and pr ess , your phone dials the primary number . Consider designating the number you di al most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary number .
[ 49 ] 5 CHANGE PRIMARY NUMBER Any phone number can be designated the primary n umber . 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to set as the primary number . 3 Press Options , scroll to As primary no. , then press Select . ⢠ERASE STORED NAMES AND NUMBERS Y ou can erase a number from a phone book entry , erase all details of a contact, or erase the entire contents of your phone book. Once you erase information, it cannot be recovered. ERASE A NUMBER 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to erase. 3 Press Options , scroll to Erase number , then press Select . 4 Press OK to confirm your choice. ERASE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry (name) you want to erase, then press Details . 2 Press Options . Scroll to Erase , then press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book entry (including all details). ERASE THE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK 1 Press Names , scroll to Erase, then press Select . 2 Scroll to Erase all and press Select . 3 When y ou see the messag e Are you su re? , press OK . 4 Enter your security code, then press OK .
5 [ 50 ] ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Once you have created a contact, y ou can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. Note: T ext information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a new contact with only an e-mail address. 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add info , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the type of information you would like to add ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.), the n press Select . 5 Enter the information, then press OK . 6 Press to return to the Start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y our phone allows you to group phone book entries with similar attributes into caller groups . Th e five default call er groups are F amily , VIP , Friends , Business , and Other . Each group has three attributes which can be defined by the user: Group Name, Group Tone, and Group Logo . Assign phone number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phone book entry , then press Details . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , then press Selec t . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example F amily ), the n press Select.
[ 5 1 ] 5 Edit caller group options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RING ING TONE AND GRAP HIC FOR A CA LLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following functions and press Select. ⢠Rename group - Enter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringing tone - Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone selected for the currently selected profile. ⢠Group logo - Scroll to On , Off , View , or Send graph ic (sent via SMS), and press Select . ⢠Group members - Press Select to view group members. To add or remove a member , press Options , then select Add name or Remov e nam e . Note: If you s elected Send graphic , enter the recipient â s phone number or recall it from phone book and press OK . Check with your service provider for availability of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STATUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phone â s memory that is in use and the percentage that remains available. 1 Press Names and scroll to Settings . 2 Scroll to Options , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memo ry s tatu s and press Select .
6 [ 52 ] 6C a l l l o g W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including phone numbers and call times. The call log keeps track of: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Received calls ⢠Dialed calls ⢠Time spent on calls ⢠Time spent on digital data/fax or minibrowser calls ⢠Amount of data transferred during data/fax or minibrowser calls REQUIREMENTS Before your phone can log missed or received calls proper ly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service. 2 Y our phone must be tu r ned on and in a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/her caller ID. 4 Y our phone â s time and date must be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in the call log. If you try to view the call log, the message No new numbers is displayed. Important: The ability to make digital data/fax calls and minibrowser calls is based on the avail ability of these services and may require a subscription to these services. Check with your service provider for more information on digital data/fax calls and availability of wireless Internet services.
[ 53 ] 6 ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALLS Y our phone records information about the ten most recently missed, received, and dialed calls (ten entries for each type of call). T o view call log entries: 1 Press Menu-2 ( Call log ). 2 Scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialed numbers ), then press Select . 3 Use and to view the list of missed, received, or dialed calls. Note: If the phone number recorded by the call log matches a number stored in your phone book, the name of the phone book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list o f options available for all call log entries. Scroll to the desired call log entry , then press Options. The following list of choices is displayed: Option Description Call time Shows the time when the call was missed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and send a t e xt message to numbers listed in the call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a number found in your phone book Edit number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry
6 [ 54 ] Use call log shortcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss a call(s), the message Missed calls appears on your phone â s screen, along with the number of calls missed. Important: Y ou are notif ied of missed calls only if your phone was turned on. Note : If you chose t he Forward if not answe red option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these forwarded calls as missed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to access th e Call log menu. From the Start screen: 1 Press . The most recently dialed call is displayed. 2 Use or to view t he other call log entries. 3 Press again to redial the number displayed, or press Options to work with the selected call log ent r y . Tip: To redial th e last number , press twice. ⢠CLEAR CALL LISTS Y our phone â s Call log uses call lists to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Clear call lists menu to erase the log of phone numbers dialed, received, or missed. Erase Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number Option Description
[ 55 ] 6 The All option clear s all numbers in all lists, whereas the other op ti on s clear only the numbers associated with that option . Caution! This operation cannot be undone. Clearing the Di aled numbers call list clears the li st of dialed calls accessed by pressing . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Clear call lists ). 2 Use or to highlight t he desired option: All , Missed , Received , and Dialed . 3 Press Select to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone uses call timers to track the amount of time you spend on each call. Y ou can review phone use by checking the phone â s call timers. Important: The actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so forth. ACCESS THE VARIOUS CAL L TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Call timers ). 2 Use or to scroll through the options described in the following list: Option Description Duration of last call Displays elapsed time of the last call you made Duration of dialed calls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Duration of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls
6 [ 56 ] ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CALL TIMER Y our phone can display a call timer showing elapsed time of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call length. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1 -1 ( Call log > Call timers > Duration of last call > Show call time on di splay ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . Tip: After a call has ended, press any key on your phone to clear the current call time from the screen. ⢠CLEAR CALL TIMERS T o erase all call timers: 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call log > Call timers > Clear timers ). The Security code field appear s. 2 Enter your security code and press OK . Caution! This action cannot be undone. Tip: If you use the call timers to lo g the amount of time spent o n calls, you may want to record the information from the call timer s before you clear them. Duration of all calls Displays sum total for all incoming and outgoing calls Life timer Shows the time used for all calls for the life of your phone. This option cannot be reset. Clear timers Clears (erases) all call timers except Life tim er Option Description
[ 57 ] 6 ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displays the l ength of digital data/fax calls, as well as meters the amount of data transferred during data/fax calls. The call log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access the wireless Internet. Access data-related call timers ⢠T o access the data/fax call timer s, press Menu 2-6 ( Call log > Data/fax calls ). ⢠T o access the minibrowser call timers, press Menu 2-7 ( Call log > Minibrowser cal ls ). Data-related call timer options The following call timer options are available for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received ) data/fax - amount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received ) data/fax - amount of data displayed in KB ⢠Duration of last data/fax call - length of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duration of all data/fax calls - running total of all calls. ⢠Clear all data/fax logs - clears all timers and data logs. Minibrowser timer options The available options for the minibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax cal ls.
7 [ 58 ] 7 V oice mailbox W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enables those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunction with your service pr ovider â s voice mail system, you can retrieve your messages at any time. ⢠STORE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Before you can retrieve any voice messages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 0 1-2-3 ( Messag es > Vo i c e m e s s a g e s > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , then press OK . Y our voice mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long. Note: If your phone number changes, you may need to reenter your voice mailbox number . Tip: Y ou can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN number as a part of your voice mailbox number . For more information, please see â Save touch tones as a phone book entry â on page 1 00. ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different wireless systems. If you need information about how to record your greeting, contact your service provider .
[ 59 ] 7 ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSA GES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone and New voice mess age is displayed, press Listen and follow the prompts. If you â d rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO MESSA GES LATER ⢠From the Start screen, press and hold for two seconds. -OR- ⢠Press Menu 0 1 -2-1 ( Messag es > V oice messages > Listen to voi ce messag es ). The message Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts from the voice mail system to review your messages.
8 [ 60 ] 8 T ext messages Y ou can use the Messages menu (Menu 1) and Short Message Service (SMS) to read, write and send text messages to anot her phone in your network. Y o u may also be able to use the Minibrowser â s e-mail feature to se nd text messages to phones in other networks. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: When sending SMS messages, your phone may display the words Message Sent . This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with your service provider . Note: T ext messages and the Mi nibrowser are both network- dependent features and perform differently in different networks. Y ou may also be required to subscribe to t he s e se r vi ce s . Co n ta c t your service provider for more information about these features. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou can use the Messages menu to create and sen d text messages to another mobile phone in your network, to another mobile phone in another network, or to an e-mail r ecipient. Y ou can also save a d raft of your message in the Outb ox folder f or later use. Create and send a text message Important: Use this method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless network. If the recipient has a differ ent service provider , you must send the message as an e-mail (see â Create and send an e-mail messageâ on page 64).
[ 6 1 ] 8 1 From the Start screen, press Menu , then press Select . 2 Select Text messages , th en select Write message . 3 Select either Te x t (up to 160 characters) or Pa g e (message consists of phone number only). Note: The ability to send a numerical page may be dependent on your wireless network. Please contact your service provider for more information on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , then press Select . 5 Enter the phone number of the recipient, then press OK . OR Press Search , highlight the desired number stored in your phone book, then press Select . 6 Press Options , scroll to Enter text , then press Select . 7 Enter your me ssage. ⢠For more information on how to enter text via traditional text entry , please se e â Write using ABC and 123 modes â on pag e 37. ⢠For more information about using predictive text, please see â Write with predictive textâ on page 40 Tip: Since the network limits the number of characters in a message, a character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of your phone â s display . 8 T o send the message, press Options , then select Send . USE OTHER OPTIONS Y ou may consider using the following as a shortcut for sending a new text message: 1 Enter the recipient â s phone number from the keypad, then press Options. 2 Scroll to Send message, then press Select. Continue the creation process as described above.
8 [ 62 ] View message options The table below lists several options available while creating a text message. To view these options, press Options at the text entry screen. Option Description Send Sends the current text message to the recipient(s) List recipients Allows to you add or remove recipients to the message Settings Allows you to mark a message as urgent, to request a delivery receipt, or to specify a callback number Save message Saves the current message to the desired folder Clear tex t Clears the screen of a ll text and characte rs Exit edito r Used to return to the Messages menu Insert name, Insert number Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message, or to enter the phone n umber directly . Use tem pla te Adds text from a template to the current message Insert picture, Erase picture Allows you to add a picture to the current message or erase a picture that you â ve already attached Predi ctiv e text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select langu a ge of dictionary used Insert word, Edit word Allows you to insert a word not found in the dictionary , or edit a word then add it to the dictionary Insert symbol Used to enter punctuation or special characters into the current text message. Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text
[ 63 ] 8 ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES T empl ates are short, pre-written messages which can be recalled and inserted into new text messages when you â re short on time. 1 Create a new text message as describ ed in steps 1 - 6 in the section, â Create and send a text messageâ on page 60. 2 Instead of entering your own message, press Options , scroll to Use template , then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to one of the available templates: 4 Press Select to enter the text into your new message. 5 Complete the process described earlier to send your message. Y ou can also create a new message while browsing the T emplates folder . 1 Press Menu 0 1-1-5 ( Messag es > Te x t m e s s a g e s > Te mplates ). 2 Scroll to the desired template, then press Select . 3 Press Options , then select Edit message to modify the message or Add number to select a recipient. 4 From the message options list, select Send to send your message. â Please callâ â I am late. I will be there atâ â Iâ m at home. Please callâ â See you inâ â Iâ m at work. Please callâ â See you atâ â Iâ m in a meeting, call me later atâ â Sorry , I can â t help you on this. â â Meeting is canceled.â â I will be arriving atâÂÂ
8 [ 64 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESSAGES Y ou can also use the Messages menu to write and send text messages to a person â s Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks. Create and send an e-mail message Use the same procedure for creating and sending e-mail messages as found in the section, â Write a text message â on page 60. However , select Add e-mail , then enter the e-mail address (or press Search and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in other networks Most service providers now have the ability to route e-mail messages to your phone (appearing as text messages). Th e following are just a few examples of how your phone â s e-mail address may appear: 2135551234@myservic eprovider.com username@servicepro vider.com 2135551234@mobile.m yserviceprovider.com It is virtually impossible to send messages to phones outside your service provider â s network using traditional text messaging. However , it is possible to send a text message as an e-mail to phones outside your service provider â s network (provided the recipient â s phone is capable of receiving e-mail text messages). Follow the instructions, â Write a text message â on page 60 but select Add e-ma il . Enter the e-mail address associated with the recipient â s phone number (or press Search and recall the e-mail address stored in your phone book). Important: This feature may require subscription to special services. Please check with your service provider for more information and for the e-mail address assigned to your phone.
[ 65 ] 8 ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture messages. Y our phone comes with 5 pre-loaded pictures and can also stor e any new pictures you create (using PC Suite) or receive. Y ou can also overwrite any of the 5 pictures that come with your phone. Pictures can be attached to a message and sent via SMS to compatible phones. Picture messages behave the same as text messages, but pictures take up more space th an text. Pic tures are stored in the â T e mplates â folder (Messa ges - T empl ates). Note: Y ou cannot send a picture message using e-mail SMS messages. Download pictures Y our phone can download pictures, or receive th em from compatible phones via SMS to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone using Nokia PC Suite. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture messages. Contact your service provider for details. When you receive a picture message When you receive a picture SMS message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display . 1 Press Show to read the messa ge (or press Exit to view the messa ge later from your Inbox ). 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and press Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view the wh ol e message if necessary .
8 [ 66 ] Tip: K eep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you â re finished, press Back to move the message to the Inbox, or press Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . T O SAVE THE PICTURE If you â d like to save the picture to your Templates folder for later use: 1 Press Options , scroll to Save picture , then press Select. 2 Edit the name of the picture (if necessary), th en press OK. Note: If your templates folder is full of pictures, just scr oll to the picture you â d like to replace and press Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is the equivalent in size (and cost) of 3 text messages . When you attach a picture to a messa ge, you â ll have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in the message. If you try and attach a picture to a message which is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you â re prompted to erase some text before proceeding. 1 Follow steps 1 - 6 on page 60, â Create and send a te xt message â . 2 At the text entr y scree n, pres s Options . Scr oll to Attach pict ure and press Select . Tip: Attach pictures before adding text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 3 Scroll to a picture and press View . 4 Press Attach to insert the p icture into your message (or press Ba ck , scroll to another picture, and press View again). 5 Once the pictu re is attached, enter the text of your message. 6 T o send the picture message, press Options , scroll to Send , and press Select .
[ 67 ] 8 PREVIEW , CHANGE, OR ERASE A PICTURE MES S AGE 1 After a picture has b een attached to your message, press Options at the message ed it screen. 2 Scroll to one of the following options and press Select . a) Preview - Previews th e attached message before sending. Press Back to return to the l ist of options. b) Change picture - T akes you back to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new pi cture, press View and then press Attach to replace t he previous picture in your message. c) Erase picture - Pre ss OK to erase the picture from your message, or press Back to return to the list of options. ⢠RECEIVE TEXT MESSAGES When you receive a text message, the indicator and the text: (#) Message(s) received appears on the screen (where # is the number of ne w messages received). 1 Press Show to read the message or press Exit to v i ew it later . 2 While reading the message, press Options to view the list of message options, then press Select to ch o ose the desired option. READ MESS AGES LATER 1 Press Menu , then select the Messages menu. 2 Scroll to Inbox , then press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to the desired message, then press Select to read the message. Note: The icon in front of the message header indicates the message has not been read. in front of th e messag e header indicates you have already viewed the message.
8 [ 68 ] ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Pressing Options displays the following list of choices: Note: Some of these options may not be visible. For example, Use W eb link appears only when a URL is present in an SMS message. Option Description Erase Erases the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Save message Saves current message to Archiv es folder Edit Used to edit message before saving or forwarding Use number Captures phone number in the message (or from the message se nder) with the option to Save (as new phone book entry), Add to name , Send message , or Call . Use W e b link Captures the URL in the message and allows you to go directly to that site (via the Minibrowser) or t o save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address in the message (or the sender of an e-mail text message) Forward Use to forward current message to another user Move Used to move message to user-defined folder Rename Used to rename existing message title as seen in the message l ist Save picture Used to save the picture from a pi cture message
[ 69 ] 8 ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message either by a traditional text message or by an e-mail message. The origin of the message or the sender â s wireless network affects how you reply to the incoming message. Replying via SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the following reply types and press Select : ⢠Clear screen - gives you an empty text buffer . ⢠Original text - original message is included in the reply message. ⢠Te m p l a t e - allows you to select a template from the Tem p l a t e s folder . ⢠Standard answer templates (including: Ye s , No , OK , Thank you , Congrats , Happy birthday , I love you too , Hugs and kisses , Sorry , and Sorry , IâÂÂm late ). 4 After you write your reply , press Options , then select Send . A copy of all sent messages remain in your Outbox, unless you turn this feature off in Message se ttings . Press Back to return to the Messag es menu, or press to return t o the Start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for replying to SMS messages sent from an e-mail address Note: If the incoming e-mail message is improperly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address. Press Options , then select Add e-mail to reenter the e-mail address.
8 [ 7 0 ] ⢠ERASE MESSAGES Y ou have several options for erasing individual messages or erasing the contents of an entire folder . Y ou may need to erase older or unwanted messages in order to free up your phone â s memory for new messages. Learn about erase options The Messages menu has an option that allows you to erase the entire contents of your folders as described below . ⢠All read - erases all read messages from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox - erases read messages in this folder (unread messages remain intact) ⢠Outbox - erases all messages in this f older ⢠Archi ve - erases all messages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the Start screen, press Menu 0 1-1-6 ( Messages > Text messages > Eras e messa ges ). 2 Highlight the folder whose contents you wish erased and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if prompted) and press OK . Erasing individual text messages 1 From the Inbox , Outbox , or Archive folder , highlight the message you wish to erase. 2 Press Options , scroll to Erase and press Se lect . 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. Forward a message Y ou can forward any incoming text messages, whether they were sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. Y o u can forward a message to a single user or to a list of users.
[ 7 1 ] 8 Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple users, your recipient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Select . 3 Select Add e-mail or Add number , then addres s the mess age. For multiple recipients, press Opt ions again, then add additional e- mail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Options, scroll to Send, then press OK . If you want to edit the forwarded message, select Edit text fr om the options menu prior to sending the message. View a message â s settings Y ou can assign several settings to the text messa ges (new messa ges, rep li es , o r for war de d m ess age s) . The followin g settings are avai lable from the message â s Option s m enu: ⢠Urgent - sends the message marked urgen t , and appears in recipient â s Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Delivery note - lets you know when your message has been delivered ⢠Callback no. - includes your number (or a number that you enter or recall from the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN MES SAGE OPTIONS 1 After entering text, press Options. Scroll to Sett ings and press Sel e ct . 2 Scroll to the desired setting, then press Mark . 3 Press Done , then press Ye s to save changes to your message. 4 Scroll to Send , then press Select (or select a dif ferent menu option). Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠In box - stores new messages and read messages
8 [ 72 ] ⢠Outbox - saves copies of all sent messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the event the network is temporarily unavailable) ⢠Archive - used to file read messages and sent messages for long- term storage A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is full. Before you can receive, save, or send any new me ssages, you must delete older me ssages from your Inbox , Outbox , or the Archive fol der . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Y ou can specify several settings that affect th e overall way your phone handles text messaging. Use the Me ssage settings menu ( Menu 0 1-1-9 ) to configure the following: ⢠Sending options - used to specify normal or urgent priority , request delivery notification, or specify that a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settin gs - used to specify the font size used to di splay messages. Also used to configure how your phone automatically handles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are f ull, and saving copies of sent messages automatically . ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organizing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox - T ext messages you receive remain stored in your Inbox until you erase the m or move them to the Arch ive folder . ⢠Outbox - Messages that canâ t be sent immediately can be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the message in the Outbox .
[ 73 ] 8 If you try to send a text message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Outbox . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAVED IN THE OUTBOX 1 From the T ext messa ges menu, scroll to Outbox and press Open . 2 Scroll to the desired message, then press Read . 3 Press Options , then press Resend (or Edit message if the message was a saved draft). From this point, you have several options, including: ⢠Select Edit message and cont i nue working with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e-mail , Add number , or Add list to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , then press Select to send the message. Archive When you select Save message from a text message â s Options men u, the message can be moved to the Archiv e folder . Moving messag es out of the Inbox frees up the phone â s inbox for more incoming text messages. When you create new picture messages using PC Suite, any messages sent to your phone via cable or IR are stored in the Archives folder as well.
9 [ 74 ] 9 P ersonalization W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to customize the way your phone works. Y ou can use the existing profiles, or you can customize a profile to suit your own preferences. Some of the items you can cust o mize are: ⢠Ringing options and vibrating alert ⢠Ringing tones and ringing volume ⢠K eypad and message alert tones ⢠W arning and game tones Y our phone comes with five profiles: Normal (default setting), Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and P ager . ⢠SELECT A DIFFERENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power key briefly . 2 Use and to scroll to the prof ile you want to use. 3 Press OK to select a profile. USE PROFILES MENU 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to u s e, then press Select . 3 Press Select again to choose the highlighted profile.
[ 75 ] 9 ⢠USE A TIMED PROFILE When selecting a different profile, you can specify an â expiration time â for the new profile. At the time you specify , your phone returns to the previous profile. Using timed profiles can help prevent missed calls. For example: Y ou â re required to use the Silent profile before an event starts, but forget to return to the Normal profile until hours after the event is over . During this time, you â ve missed several calls because your phone â s ringing tone was silent. A timed profile automatically returns your phone to the default pr ofile at a t i me you specify . Tip: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 At the Start screen, press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you wish to activate and set for timed expiration, then press Select . 3 Scroll to Timed and press Select . 4 Enter the time for the profile to expire and press OK (you may also be requ ired to s elect e ither am or pm ). The profile you â ve set for expiration is now active and appears in the Start screen along with a small â clock â icon. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to customize, t hen press Select . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . The following sections describe each of the options you can cust o mize. Set ringing options Y ou can choose the way your phone ri ngs to notify you of incoming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones.
9 [ 76 ] 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing options , then press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options described below , then press Select . Set a ringing tone A ringing tone is the melody your phone plays when you receive a call. Y ou can set the r inging tone to a specific sound effect, or to a melody to personalize how the phone rings. Important: The Silent or Beep once ringing option d isables any melody you may chose. T o hear a ringing tone while editing a profile, make sure one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing tone and pr ess Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the ringing tone you want to use, press Select . Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming voice calls and message ale rt tones. 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing volume and press Select . Option Descripti on Ring The phone rings normally . Ascendin g Ringing volume begins softly , then increases in volume if the phone is not answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once The phone beeps once to indicate an incoming call. Silent The phone makes no sound.
[ 77 ] 9 2 Scroll to an option and listen. W hen you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, pres s Select . Set a vibrating alert Y our phone has the ability to vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Likewise, enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Silent ringing option causes your phone to only to vibrate on incoming call. 1 From the selected profile â s Custom ize menu, scroll to Vibrating aler t and press Select . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . Important: The phone does not vibrate when it is connected to or placed in any charging device. Set message alert tone Several message alert tone options are availabl e to indicate incoming text messages. 1 From the selected profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Message alert tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the message alert tone you want to use, press Sel ect . Set keypad tones Use the Ke y p a d t o n e s option to set the volume of the tones heard when pressing your phone â s keys. 1 From the selected profile â s Custom ize menu, scroll to Ke y p a d t on e s and press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the levels and press Select . Important: If you choose Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silent profile automatically turns keypad tones off.
9 [ 78 ] Set warning and game tones Y ou can cust omize the way your phon e plays warning tones and the t ones used for the games. Warning tone s include the tones playe d when there is an error , during confirmations, when a battery is low , and when you need to recharg e the batter y . 1 From the selected profile â s Customize menu, scroll to W arning and game tones and press Select . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If you do not want to use warning or game tones, you can turn them off by scrolling to Off and pressing Select . ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any of the pr ofiles except Normal . Y ou may want to use your own n ame fo r one of t he prof iles. When you sel ect this profile, your name appears on the Start screen. 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles) . 2 Scroll to the desired profile and press Select . 3 Select Customize , scroll to Profile name and press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Note: Y ou cannot rename the Normal profile. Select and customize an accessory profile Note: Y ou must have an accessory (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory sett ings menu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (carkit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Settings > Accessory settings ).
[ 79 ] 9 2 Scroll to one of the following Accessory profiles and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HANDSFREE The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to enter the option â s submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Default profile - Choose the prof ile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected t o a carkit. ⢠Automa tic an swer - Call s are answered automatically after 1 ring when connected to a car kit. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠Lights - Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to sh ut off automatically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Automa tic and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HEADSE T The Default profile and Automatic answer options are your available choices. Please refer to â If you selected Handsf ree â for mor e information. IF YOU SELECTED LOOPSET The Default profile and Automatic answer options are available. Please refer to â If you selected Handsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is available: ⢠Use loopset - Enable use of the LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED TTY/TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to enter the option â s submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Use TTY - Enable the use of a TTY/TDD devi ce. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . ⢠Handsfree ⢠Headset ⢠Loopset ⢠TTY
9 [ 80 ] Note: If the loopset is enabled, you â ll be asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Press No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE Y our phone can store up to ten new ringing tones (sent from an Internet W eb site as an SMS or created using Nokia PC Suite). Play , save, or erase a ringing tone Once your phone receives a new ringing tone, the phone displays the message Ringing tone received . 1 Press Options , then choose Playback , Save , or Erase. 2 Press OK . If you chose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the ringing tone list available to you when you customize a profile (see â Customize a profile â on page 75). Use PC Composer Y ou can use Nokia PC Suite â s PC Composer to create new ringing tones and send them to your phone. For more information, please refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Receive ringing tones from Minibrowser Y ou may also receive ringing tones from the Internet while in a Minibrowser session. T o save your tone, follow the on-screen prompts. Please â Minibrowser â on page 129 for more information and availability of this service. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display information in different languages.
[ 8 1 ] 9 Y our possible choices ar e English, French, Spanish, P ortuguese, Chinese (traditional), Chinese (simplified), and Hebrew . Note: Some languages may vary due to regional differences. All these languages may not be availabl e in your phone. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settings > Phone settings > Language ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to u s e and press Select . ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y our phone contains a real-time clock that can be set two different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wireless system, or it can be set manually . The clock will display the current time and date on the Start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer . Please see â Displaying or hiding the clock â on page 82. â Note: Y our phone also has an alarm clock. See â Use the alarm clock â on page 1 12 for more infor mation. By default, the cl ock gets its in formati on from the wirel ess n et w or k . If y o u wish to override the network clock, do the followi ng: Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the time , t hen press Select . 3 Enter the current time, then press Select . For example, to enter 7:30, enter 0 730. 4 Scroll to am or pm , then press Select . Selecting time format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ).
9 [ 82 ] 2 Scroll to Time format , then press Se lec t . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , then press Select . Allowing the network to set the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-2 ( Settings > Time settings > Auto update of date & time ). 2 Scroll to On (or Co nfir m firs t ), then press Select . Important: If you use t he Auto update... option wh i le outside your digital network, you may be p rompted to enter yo ur o wn t ime manuall y ( see above ). N etwo rk ti me w il l rep la ce the time and date you set once you re-enter your digital n e twork. Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and you â re still outside of the digital network). Displaying or hiding the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show clock is highlighted. 3 Press Select . ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE W ELCOME SCREEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch on your phone. The message can include your name or a reminder and can be up to 44 characters long.
[ 83 ] 9 Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4-2-3 ( Setti ngs > Phone settings > W elcome note ). 2 Enter the text of the startup message (using traditional text entry). 3 Press Options , then select Save . ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command feature provides handsfree operation of certain menu options and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voice â tag â for the commands you want to use (please read â Assign a voice tag to a phone number â on page 94 for detailed information on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice comman ds: Create a voice tag for a menu option Important: Please see â Important notes about voice tagsâ on page 94 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then pr ess Select . 3 Press Options , then select Add comman d . Option Description Profiles Used to switch between the available profiles ( Normal , Silent , Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager ) V oice mailbox Used to execute the command Call voice mailbox Infrared Used to enable your phone â s IR port V oice recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log menu
9 [ 84 ] 4 Press Start , then speak the voice tag clearly into the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag.The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Use a voice command W arning! Do not use voice command in an emergency situation. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. 1 At the Start screen, press and hold Names for one to two seconds. A t o n e is heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearly speak the voice tag that you recorded previously into the microphone. Y ou have two other options for initiating a voice command: ⢠Press and hold the volume down key for one to two seconds ⢠Pressing the headset button momentarily at the Start screen has the same effect as pressing Names for two seconds. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice t a g into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or erase an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then pr ess Select . 3 Press Options , scroll to either Playback , Change , or Erase , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , pre s s Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information.
[ 85 ] 10 1 0 Advanced features W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as conference calling, call waiting, and the use of calling cards for calls. Not all the features described here are available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y our phone allows you to use a number of features during a call. These features are known as in-call options . Note: Some in-call options are network services features. Please contact your service provider for information and availability . Y ou cannot use all these options at all times. This section tells you when you can use a cert ain option. 1 T o access an option during a call, press Options . 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Select : Option Description Mute/End mute Used to disable or enable the microphone. If mute has already been selecte d, End mute is displayed. These options affect any accessories connected to the phone (headset, car kit). New call Used to initiate a new call while in a call (call- waiting and three-way calling) End all calls Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three- way calling)
10 [ 86 ] ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you use call forwardin g , your network redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this feature helps to prevent the missing of important phone calls. Important: Call forwarding is a network-dependent f eature and may not work the same in all networks. Contact your service provider for availability and for your network â s feature codes. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y our network requires separate codes for act i vating and cancelling the various types of call forwarding. Y our carrier can provide you with the necessary feature codes for th ese network services. Once you store these feature codes in your phone, they are sent automatically to the network when you select one of the call forwarding options from your phone â s menu. Y our phone can store the following types of feature codes: T ouch tones Used to manually enter a t ouch tone stri ng (series of tones) or search for a string in your phone Names Used to view phone book. Press Back to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main menu Feature code type Description Forward all calls Forwards all incoming calls to the number you specify Option Description
[ 87 ] 10 Store a feature code 1 Press Menu 4- 6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Networ k feature setting ). The Feature code fie ld appears after a few se conds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provider gave you (example *90 for activating Forward if busy ), then press OK . 3 Press Select when Call forwarding is displayed. 4 Scroll to the type of forwarding that matches the feature code you entered (example: Forward i f busy ), then press Select . 5 Select Activate . The Activate feature code is now stored in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature code field. Continue entering other feature codes (example *900 to cancel Forwa rd if busy ), or press to return to the Start screen. Important: Once you en ter a network feature code successfully the feature becomes visible in the Netw ork services menu. Forward if busy Forward incoming calls when you âÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming calls to anoth e r number when you are unable to answer Forward if out of reach Forwards incoming calls to anoth e r number when you â re out of the network or when the phone is switched off Forward all data calls Forwards all incoming data calls to the number you specify Cancel all call forwarding Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set Feature code type Description
10 [ 88 ] Activate/cancel call forwarding After you store the correct feature codes, you can activate (or cancel) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network services > Call forwar ding ). 2 Scroll to the desired call forwarding option, then pr ess Select . 3 Highlight Activate and press Select . 4 Enter the number to which you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a n umber from the phone book). 5 Press OK . Y our phone calls the network to activate (or cancel) the featu r e you â ve requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the featu r e has been activated (or cancelled) successfully . ⢠USE CALL WAITING This network ser vice lets you receive an incoming call when you â re alr eady in a call. When you receive an incoming call, yo ur phone displays the caller â s phone number (or the caller â s entry in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. Answering a waiting call Press the key (or press Answer ) to automatically place the current active call on hold and answer the new call. Switch between the two calls Accepting the waiting call puts the your first caller on hold. T o put the second caller on hold and reconnect with t he first caller , press . End the active call T o end the active call, simply allow the other party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. OR:
[ 89 ] 10 1 Press to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials your phone with the cal l on hold. Answer this as you would any normal incoming call. ⢠MAKE A CONFERENCE CALL This feature allows you to talk to two people at the same time. Conference calling is a network-dependent feature. Note: Check with your service provider to make sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to the first participant as usual. When you â re ready to place a call to the n e xt party , 2 Press Options, then press New call. 3 Enter the number and press (or press Search to recall the number from the p hone book). 4 Press again to connect both parties. 5 T o end the call, press . This action disconnects both parties. End calls T o end a conference call (disconnect with all callers), press . Or you can also press Options , then select End all calls . Disconnect second party While all three pa rties are connected, press ing the key disconnects the second caller , keeping the first party â s call active. Disconnect first party If you wish to disconnect with the first party and remain connected to the second party , have the first party terminate the call on his/her end.
10 [ 90 ] ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WITH NEXT CALL This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be displayed on their caller ID). This feature may only be effective when calling a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if yo u are roaming. Important: This feature works on a call-by-call basis. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sending of your own number to the r ecipient â s caller ID. Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send own caller ID with next call feature, you must store the feature c od es for ac tivating this feature. Once th e code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from your phone â s menu. 1 Press Men u 4-6- 5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code fie ld appears after a few se conds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provider gave you (example *67 for activating Send own caller I D with next call ), then press OK . 3 Select No to assign the activation code. Place a call without sending your number 1 Press Me nu 4-6-4 ( Settings > Network services > Send own caller ID with next call ). 2 Scroll to No , then press Select . 3 Enter the desired phone number , then press OK (or press Search to recall a phone number from the phone book). The phone automatically inserts the feature code int o the dialing string and dials the phone number . The person you â re calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID.
[ 9 1 ] 10 ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able to place a call (example: due to the high volume of traffic on the wirel ess network). When the wireless network is busy or unavailable, Automatic redial instruct s your phone to retry the call. ACTIVAT E AUTOMATIC REDI AL 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Settings > Call set tings > Auto matic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If the system is busy , your phone makes three additional call attempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process before th e last attempt, press . Important: This feature does not automatically retry a nu mber when the number you are calling is busy . ⢠CALLING CARD If you wish to use a calling card for long distance calls, you must first save your calling card information into your phone. Y our phone is equipped to handle up to four calling cards. Saving calling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1-6 ( Settin gs > Call settings > Calling card ). 2 Enter your security code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to one of the four memory locations, then press Opt ions . 4 Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 5 Select Dialing seq uence . Scroll to one of the three sequence types as
10 [ 92 ] described in the following table, then press Select . 6 Enter the required information (access number or prefix and card number). Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card na me , then press Sel ect . Enter the card name, then press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all calling cards. Please look at the back of your call ing card or contact your long distance company for more information. Choosing a calling card to use Use Men u 4-1-6 ( Settings > Call setti ngs > Calling card ) to select a calling card to use. Y ou will be required t o enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling card information in your phone, you can make a call using your calling card. Dialing sequence Use for cards that require you to: Cards using this sequence Access number phone number card number Dial 1-800 access number , then phone number , then card number ( PIN if required) MCI, AT & T T rue Choice, Sprint Canada, Unitel Access number card number phone number Dial 1-800 access number , then card number ( PIN if required), then phone number networkMCI, WorldPhone MCI, AT & T Prefix phone number card number Dial the prefix (any numbers that must pr ecede the phone number) and phone number you wa n t t o d ia l , t he n ca rd n um be r ( PIN if required) V erizon, P acBell, AT & T, S t e n t o r
[ 93 ] 10 1 Enter the phone number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Card call . 3 Y our phone displays W ait for tone, then press OK . When you hear the tone or system messa ge, press OK . 4 Y our phone displays W ait for tone, press OK again . When you hear the tone or system messa ge, press OK . ⢠V OIC E DIALIN G Y ou can dial up to 25 of your phone book â s stored numbers using the voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, you must first as sign a voice "tag" to the number . Before using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language dependent. They are dependent on the speake r's voice. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record them and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When recording a voice t a g or making a call by saying a voice tag, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar names for different numbers. Important: Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. This may be difficult in, for example, a noisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances.
10 [ 94 ] Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou must record a voice "tag" (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 At the Start screen, press or . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag an d pr ess Options . 3 Scroll to Add voice ta g and press Select . (The phone displays Press Start, then speak afte r the tone ). 4 Press Start and after the tone, speak the voice t ag clearly into the phone â s microphone. Note: Y our phone informs you if recording is not successful. P r e s s OK to try again or Back to return to ph o ne book. The message V o ice tag saved is display ed upon co mpleti on of th e record ing process. The icon next to a phone number denotes that a voice tag exists for this number . IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT VOICE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to backgr ound noise. Record tags or use voice dialing in a quiet environment. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more accurately . Consider using first and last name or first name, last name, and number type (e.g. mobile, home, work, etc.) when tagging a nu mb er . For example, "John Smith, work." ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is full, the phone displays Erase an existin g voice tag? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to erase, then press Erase . ⢠Deleting a phone number erases any associated voice tags.
[ 95 ] 10 W arning! Do not use a voice tag for dialing emergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. Dialing a number using voice dialing Note: You must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. 1 At the Start screen, press and hold Names for two seconds. A t o n e i s heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearly speak the voice tag that you recorded previously into the microphone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displ ayed, and you are returned t o t h e S t a r t screen. 3 When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book entry will be displayed on the screen for three seconds AND ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via the ear piece). After three seconds, the number is dialed. Y ou have two other options for initiating voice dialing: ⢠Press and hold the volume down key for one to two seconds ⢠Pressing the headset button momentarily at the Start screen has the same effect as pressing Names for two seconds. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice t a g into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or erase an existing tag.
10 [ 96 ] 1 At the Start screen, press Names . Scr oll to Vo i c e t a g s , then press Select . Note: This option displays a li st of only those names/numbers that have been assigned a voice tag. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, then press Options . 3 Scroll to either Pla ybac k , Change , or Erase , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , pre s s Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING When a phone number is assigned to one of the 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the p hone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the number key t hat corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press . ⢠Press and hold the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call is initiated. is pre-assigned to dial your voice mailbox number and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-touch dialing If you want to assign a nu mber to one of the number keys (2-9), do the following: 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-tou ch dia ling and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 through 9 ), and press Assign . Note: If a phone number is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the left selection key is Options .
[ 97 ] 10 4 Enter the phone number manuall y , or press Search to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired name or entry from the phone book. If more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired number and press Select . 1-touch dialing options Y ou can change or erase (clear) numbers assigned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key f rom the 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-tou ch dia ling and press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , then press Options . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Erase , then press Select . ⢠LEARN ABOUT CALLER GROUPS Y ou can â groupâ phone book entries using one of the existing categories ( Fa mily , VIP , Friends , Business , and Other ). Each group has it â s own unique ringing tone and logo. When you receive a call from a number assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and the caller group â s logo is displayed on the screen. This feature can help you identify incoming calls more quickly . ADD A NUMBER TO A CALLER GROUP 1 At the Start screen, press or . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to use and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), and press Assign .
10 [ 98 ] SELECT A RINGING TONE AND GRAPHIC FOR A CALLE R GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Opti ons . 4 Scroll to one of the following options and press Select : Note: If you s elect Send graphic , enter the recipient â s ph one number (or recall it from phone book) and press OK . Important: Y ou can also receive graphics via SMS. Once you receive a new graphic, scroll to View graphic or Save graphic and press OK . If you selected Save graphic , select the desired caller group for the new graphic and press OK . ⢠USE T OUCH TONES T ouch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) ar e those tones produced when you press the keys on your phone â s keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automated dial-up services such as banking and airlines, or for entering your voice mailbox number and password. Option Description Rename group Used to rename the selected caller group Group ringing tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing tones, then press OK Group graphic Used to select the graphic to be displayed with group ringing tone. Select On , Off , View , or Send graphic (sent via SMS). Members Used to assign other phone book entries to the selected caller group
[ 99 ] 10 T ouch tones are sent during an act ive call. Y ou can send them manually from your phone â s keypad, or send them automatically by saving them in your phone. W arning : If you send touch tones whil e in analog mode, be careful not to send confidential information. Check your phone â s display for the icon, indicating the presence of a d igital network Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need to customize how your phone sends the touch tones for optimum performance with the system you â re call ing. SET TOUCH TONE T YPE 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-1 ( Settings > Phone set tings > T ouch tones > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, then press Select : SET FIXED TOUCH TONE LENGTH Y ou can also specify touch tone length when using the Fixe d opt ion. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( Settings > Phone sett ings > To uch tones > T ouch tone length ). 2 Scroll to Short ( 0 . 1 s e c o n d s ) o r Long (0.5 s econds), then press Select . Send touch tone string manually Before you begin, ma k e s u r e t h a t Manual touch tones is not set to Off . Option Description Continuous T one sounds for as long as you press and hold a key Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the T ouch tone length option. Off Used to turn off tones. No t ones are sent when you press a key .
10 [ 1 00 ] 1 During a call to the automated service, press Options , scroll to To u c h tones and press Select . 2 Enter the touch tone st ring from your phone â s keypad as required by the service you â re calling, then press To ne s . Send touch tone string from phone book Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , then recall and send the string using the in-call menu option T ouch tones . SAVE TOUCH TONES AS A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Save the touch tone string (including any pause or wai t characters that may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving names and number to your phone book, see â Saving names and numbers â on page 44. RECALL TOUCH TONE STRING FROM T HE PHONE BOOK 1 During a call to the automated service, press Options , scroll to To u c h tones and press Select . 2 Press Search , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone bo ok, then press OK . 3 Press To n e s to send the touch tones. Store touch tone string with phone number Y ou can store touch tone strings (for example: voice mailbox number and PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, it is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones from the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the key to enter a w or p after t he number . ⢠w (wait) - The phone waits for you to press Send . When you press Send , the phone sends the touc h tone string you â ve saved. ⢠p (pause) - The phone pauses f or 2.5 seconds, then automatically sends the touch tone string you â ve saved.
[ 1 0 1 ] 10 3 Enter the touch tone string after the w or p characters as req uired by the service. Example: 214-555-1234w1234#p5678# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored with the phone number , you can now call the number and have the touch tone strings sent automatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES This feature allows you to store a phone number in one phone book location and link it to another phone book entry . For example, linking the phone number of an automated service (example: automated banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: account and PIN numbers) automatically recalls and sends the touch tone string when y ou call the service. USE LINKING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string into your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the touch ton e s to a one-touch dialing location (example: location 3). For more information on 1- touch dialing, see â 1-touch dialingâ on page 96. 3 Edit the automated service â s phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-tou ch dialing location). Example: 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated service â s number from you r phone book. Y our phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call connects. Important: Y ou may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1234p 3 ).
10 [ 1 0 2 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RECORDER Recorder allows you record audio â memos â and store them in your phone. Use this feature to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. T otal time available for all memos is three minutes (up to 180 seconds). Maximum length of a single message is up to 60 seconds. The maximum number and length of remaining memos depends on how much memory is still available. A count-down timer is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Record a memo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Record ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your memo. 3 When you fini sh recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice memo, then press OK . NOTES ⢠Pressing Back instead of entering a subject discards the memo without saving. ⢠Pressing OK without entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to the memo. W ork with recorded memos T o view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, then press Options .
[ 1 03 ] 10 The following options are available: Notes about voice recorder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playback. W hen call is complete, the phone returns to the Options menu for the selected voice memo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo recording. The r ecorded memo is automatically saved with the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers from the keypad during memo playback (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing interrupts voice memo playback and places the call. Option D e scription Playback Plays back the selected message through the earpiece (phone or headset). Edit title Used to edit the memo â s subject, or to rename memo. Erase Erases selected voice memo. Add alarm/ Alarm Used to add (edit, or remove) a reminder alarm for the memo.
11 [ 1 04 ] 1 1 Security and System settings Y our p hone has a variety of security features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or unintentional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LOCK KEYPAD (KEYGUARD) With keypad lock (Keyguard) you can temporarily lock your phone â s keyp ad and prevent the accidental placing of calls or pressing of the keypad (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). Activate/deactivate K eyguard Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to act ivate K eyguard . Important: appears at the top of the display . The left softkey is also labeled Unlock . UNLOCK KEYPAD Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to deactivate K eyguard and unlock your phone â s keypad. It is possible to answer a call, even though Keyguard is activated. Press to answer the call. When the call has ended, the keypad remains locked.
[ 1 05 ] 11 Important: When the phon e is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠SECURITY CODE Y our ph one prompts yo u for a five-digit secu rity code for certain features an d co mm an ds. Access is granted only after the correct security code has been entered successfully . Y our phone â s default security code is 12345 . It â s highly recommended that you change this code at once, write it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Important: When ente ring your security code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code. Correct entry errors Y ou can erase the last entered digit by pr e ss in g Cle ar (or by pressin g and hold ing Clear to delete all th e digits more quickl y). E nt e r t h e c o r r e c t c o d e o r press Back to exit. If you enter an incorrect secu rity code ( Code er ror will appear) five times in a row , your phone won â t accept any entries for the next five minutes. Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2-4 ( S ettings > Security settings > Access codes > Change security code ) and press Select . 2 Enter existing (or default) security code and press OK . 3 Enter new five-digit security code and press OK . 4 Reenter your new five-digit security code for verification, then press OK . Y our phone displays the confi rmation message Security code changed .
11 [ 1 06 ] Important: If you change your security code and don â t remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change your security code, the default code is no longer valid . ⢠PHONE LOCK This feature protects your phone from unauthorized outgoing calls or unauthorized access to information stored in the phone. When phone lock is activated, Phone locked is displayed each time you turn your phone on or off. After pressing either Names or Menu , you must enter your lock code. Once your lock code has been accepted, your phone will function normally . Important: Call not allowed is displayed if you attempt to place a call while phone is locked. Important: When the phon e is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Learn about the lock code In addition to a security code, your phone also has a lock code . Y ou â ll need the lock code to act i vate and deactivate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock code five times in a row , your phone will prompt you for the security code (see page 1 05). CHANGE YOUR LOCK CO DE 1 Enter Menu 4-5- 2-3 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Change lock code ) and press Select .
[ 1 0 7 ] 11 2 Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3 Enter new lock code and press OK . 4 Reenter new lock code for verification, then press OK . Important: When you change your lock code, make sure you store it in a safe place, away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency numbers to prevent accidental emergency calls. Activating and deactivating phone lock 1 Press Menu 4-5- 2-1 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Phone lock ). 2 Enter the lock code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to On or Off , then press Select . 4 T urn your phone off and back on to complete the phone lock activation (or deactivation). Answer a call with phone lock on Press or Answ er . Allowed number when phone locked When pho n e lock is on, th e only outgoing calls that can b e made are to the follow ing numb ers: ⢠The emergency number programmed into your phone (for example: 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The number stored in the Allowed number when phone locked location. Store the unlocked phone number 1 Press Menu 4-5- 2-2 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Allowed number when phon e locked ). 2 Enter lock code and press OK .
11 [ 1 08 ] 3 Enter phone number (or press Search and recall the number from the phone book), then press Select . Calling the allowed phone number At the Start screen, press or . The number is displayed. Press to place the call. Important: Y our phone must be locked vi a the phone lock to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Y ou can restrict all calls, or create a custom list of numbers or area codes to restrict. Learn about restriction options When you select either Restrict ou tgoing calls or Restrict incomi ng calls from the Security settin gs options, your options are: ⢠Select - Used to display a list of all available restricted numbers. Select those numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restriction - Used to create your own list of restricted numbers Once you have added at least o ne restriction to either the outgoing or incoming calls list, the following options become visible: ⢠Edit - Used to edit an existing outgoing call restriction ⢠Erase - Used to erase call restrictions from the list Important: When calls are restricted, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number).
[ 1 09 ] 11 Adding a call restrictions Y ou can add up to ten restrictions for outgoing calls. The maximum number of characters you can enter for each restriction is 15. 1 Press Menu 4- 5-1 ( Settings > Security settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict incomi ng calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14, enter 2 14. 6 Enter a name to identify this restriction, or just press OK . Note: When creating a new restriction, that r estriction is automatically selected (enabled) at the time it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setti ngs > Security settings > Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Re strict incoming c a lls and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to Select and press Select . 5 Scroll to each restriction you wish to use and press Mark ; press Unmark to deactivate existing restrictions. 6 Press Done , then press Ye s to save the changes you â ve made. Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the name or number of an entry in the call restrictions list.
11 [ 1 1 0 ] 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Setti ngs > Security settings > Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, then press Select . Note: If no name has been entered for a restriction, the restricted number will be displayed. 6 Edit the number (as needed), then press OK . 7 Edit name (as needed), then press OK . Erasing call restrictions Y ou may want to delete a restriction that is no lo nger needed. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setti ngs - Security settings - Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to erase, then press OK . 6 Press OK again to er ase restriction. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y our phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your service pr ovider . Use Menu 4-1-4 ( Settings > Call settings > Automat ic update of service ) to turn this feature on or off.
[ 1 1 1 ] 11 ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SELECTION The System menu (Menu 5) all ows you to customize the way your phone chooses a system in which to operate while you are within o r outside of your primary or home system. Y our phone is set to automatically search for the most cost-effective system. If your phone can â t find a preferred system, it selects a system based on the option you choose in the System menu. Important: Before selecting an item in the System menu, contact your service provider to find out how your selection will affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service provider â s network. Their network determines which options actually appear in the phone â s menu. The following is a description of the options that may appear in your phone: Option D escription Home only Y ou can make and receive cal ls in your home area only . While roaming, No Service appears and you cannot make or receive calls. Automatic Y our phone automatically selects the best available system .
12 [ 1 12 ] 12 Organizer Y our phone has a calendar , to-do list, alarm clock, stopwatch, and contact database â everything you need in an organizer or personal digital assistant. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use all of the Organizer features. Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y our phone â s alarm clock can be set to sound an alarm at a time you specify . The alarm clock uses the clock âÂÂs time format (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displayed on the Start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock will work, regardless if the phone is on or off. Important: The alarm clock works in conjunction with your phone â s clock. Make sure your phon e â s time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 1 0-1 ( Organizer > Alarm clock ), then press Selec t . 2 Enter the alarm time, then press OK . 3 Select am or pm , then press OK. Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an aler t tone, displays an animated message, and f lashes it â s lights. Pressing Stop or the key stops the alarm from sounding, and returns you to the Start screen .
[ 1 13 ] 12 SNOOZING There are several ways you can enable the Sno oze feature: 1 Press the Snooze selection key . 2 Press any key (except ) . 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will sou nd again in ten minutes. Alarm when phone power is off If the alarm time is reached while the phone is switched off, the phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press Sto p , the phone asks whether you want to activate the phone for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. W arning! Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Alarm clock notes ⢠The alarm clockâ s volume is determined by the p honeâ s current volume and tone settings. ⢠If you have selected the Sil ent or Beep once ringing tone, the alarm clock beeps once. ⢠CALENDAR Y ou can use your phone â s calendar to record "notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone calls, birthdays, or general reminders. Alarms can also be set to notify you of your appointments or notes. Y ou can also use Nokia PC Sync to synchronize your PIM application â s calendar with your phone â s calendar , keeping you up-to-date when you â re away from you office or PC.
12 [ 1 14 ] Calendar Options menu The calendar â s Options menu displays a list of calendar options: View day , Make a note , Go to date , and the calendar â s Settings menu. Learn about Calendar views W EEK LIST From the Organizer m e nu, scroll to Calendar , and press Select . Use the week list to view your calendar four weeks at a glance . When you view the calendar , notice that today â s date is highlighted. Use the or key to move to a dif ferent date. Tip: Y ou phone supports fou r-way scrol ling in the calendar week list: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll righ t ⢠Use to Sel ect your choice Day view From the week list, scroll to the d esired day . Pr ess Options , then select Vie w day . The day view allows you to scroll through the notes made for the selected day . The Options list for day view includes: ⢠View the highlighted note. ⢠Erase , Edit , Move, or Repeat the highlighted note (every day , every week, biwee kly or every year) .
[ 1 15 ] 12 ⢠Make a note - used to create a new note for the select ed day ⢠Go to date - used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the note t o another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the current note (via IR, or via SMS. Please check for available in your network). ⢠Settings - allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format for the calendar . The Auto era se sett i ng allows you to delete old notes after a specified pe rio d of ti me. Ho wever , re pea t no tes (for ex ampl e, bir th day or an nive rsar y notes) will not be deleted. NOTE VIEW From the day view , scroll to the desired note. Press Options , scroll to View and press Select . The details of the selected note are displayed. The Options list for note view include: ⢠Erase , Edit , Move , or Repeat the current note (every day , every week, biw eekly or every year). ⢠Make a note - used to create a new note for the selected day ⢠Go to date is used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the note t o another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message. Please check for available in your network ) . ⢠Settings - allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format for the calendar . The Auto era se sett i ng allows you to delete old notes after a specified pe rio d of ti me. Ho wever , re pea t no tes (for ex ampl e, bir th day or an nive rsar y notes) will not be deleted. Add a calendar note Note: Predictive text input is available for Calendar notes.
12 [ 1 16 ] 1 From the day list view , scroll to the desired day and press Opt ions . 2 Select Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the following note types and press the roller: ⢠Meeting - Enter the note (or press Search to recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press Options . ⢠Call - Enter the desired phone number (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday - Enter the personâ s name (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Options then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo - Enter the note. Press Options then Save . Enter a date for the memo, then press OK . 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, then press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALAR M SOUNDS FOR A NOTE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. When a Ca ll note is displayed, you can call the number by pressing . T o stop the al arm, press Exit or . ⢠USE THE TO-DO LIST Use this feat ure to create a list of tasks or â to- do â sâ that you can prioritize. The predictive text input feature is available in the to-do list, so adding or editing to-do list notes should go more quickly . ADD A TASK 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to T o-do list and press Select . 2 Press Options , then select Add .
[ 1 17 ] 12 3 Enter the subject of the to-do note, th en press Options . 4 Select Save , then select the desired priority ( 1 , 2 or 3 ), Y ou can change the priority later using the Options menu. View task details 1 From the to-do list, scroll to an item and press Options . 2 Select View to view the note â s details. W ork with a to-do note While viewing a to-do note âÂÂs details, press Options . From the Options menu you can add, erase or edit the note. There are also options for: ⢠Changing the noteâ s priority ⢠Saving the to-do note to the calendar as a calendar note. ⢠Sort the list by priority (using Go to prio rity option). Just follow the instructions as the phone guides you through the option you select. ⢠CALCULATOR Y ou can use your phone â s calculator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers and convert currencies. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the calculator 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Ca lculator , and press Select . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press for decimal point).
12 [ 1 18 ] 3 To add, pre ss once ( appears); to subtract, press twice ( - ); to multiply , press three times ( * ); to divide, press four times ( / ). 4 Y ou can also press Options , scroll to Add , Subtract , Multiply , Divide , Square , or Square root , and press Select . 5 Enter the second number . Repeat steps three and f our as many times as necessary . Note: A subtotal is shown after you enter the next operant ( , -, *, or /). 6 For a total, press Options twice. 7 T o star t a new calculation, press and hold Clear for two seconds. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and rounding errors may occur , especially in long divisions. Use calculator for currency conversion SETTING THE EXCHANGE RATE 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Ca lculator , and press Select . 2 Press Options . Select Exchange rate . 3 Scroll to How many visited units to a home unit or How ma ny ho me units to a visited unit (depending on how you wish to convert the currency), and press Select . 4 Enter the appropriate exchange rate and press OK (use the key for decimals). Exchange rate is displayed. CURRENCY CONVERSION 1 Once you have set the exchange rate, enter th e amount to be converted (use to enter a decimal point). 2 Press Options . Select either To h o m e or To f o r e i g n . The phone displays the converted amount.
[ 1 19 ] 12 Tip: If you chose Foreign units converted to home units while saving the exchange rate, the Home units converted to fo reign units option is automat ically calculated and saved (or vice versa). ⢠STOPWATCH Y ou can use your phone â s Stopwatch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. The event â s time can be sa ved, viewed, or erased. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone's operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone. Time an event using split timing The split time function allows you to measure the total time for an event, yet allows you to capture the elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwat ch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Split timing, then press Select. 3 Press Start. The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, your can: ⢠Press Split. The split time is displayed and the timer continues to display elapsed time. ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times.
12 [ 120 ] View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (using lap or split), you have the option to save the information, reset th e stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , then press Options . Select one of the following: ⢠Save - used to save the current timing data. Enter a name, then press OK . ⢠Reset - clears the current timing data and resets the t i mer . ⢠Start -restarts the split timer from the point the timer was stopped. Time an event using lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. T o measure lap time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Lap timing, then press Select. 3 Press Start. The running time appears on the display . Once the lap timer has started, your can: ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap. The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from zero . If you continue pressing Lap , the most recent lap time appears at the top of the list of lap times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The fi nal lap â s time is displayed.
[ 12 1 ] 12 Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can choose the f ollowing options from the Stopwatch menu. Note: If you receive a call while using the Stopwatch, the timer continues running in the background. After ending the c a ll, you can re-display the timer by doing the following: 1 Press Menu 1 0-5-1 ( Organizer > Stopwatch > Continu e ). 2 Press Select . Option Description Continue Used to re-display active timer (example: if you receive a call while the timer is still running). Show last time Allows you to view the l ast measured time. View times Allows you to view the list of saved times. Erase times Allows you to delete the saved times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
13 [ 122 ] 13. Games Y ou can use your phone not only for communication but also for some serious fun. Y our phone offers you four games from which t o choose. ⢠In Snake II , you are to feed the snake with as many goodi es as possible. The longer the snake â s tail grows, the h i gher your score is. ⢠In P ass â n Rush , play the role of head coach. Select the plays for your team and watch the action unfold. Choose from a quick match, full game, or scenario. ⢠In Space Impact , you must destroy the falling asteroids before they destroy you. ⢠In Bumper , you can play an exciting game of pinball. Increase your score by keeping the ball on the table using the flippers. ⢠In Racket , you will play the traditional game of tennis. Use the scroll keys to control the racket. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Game control Y ou phone supports four-way scrolli ng while playing the games: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll righ t Start a new game 1 Press Menu 6-1 ( Games > Sel e ct game ), scroll to the desired game and press Select .
[ 123 ] 13 2 Select New game or 1-pla yer and press Select . LEARN ABOUT GAME OPTIONS Use the option Instructions to learn how to p lay the game. With the option Level you can choose the difficulty level of the game. In Snake II you can pause the game by pressing either selection key and resume a paused game with Continue option. Use T op score (available in some games) to check the high score in your phone. USE 2-PLAYER OPTION Y ou can play Sn ake I I and Pa s s â n Rush with another Nokia phone user via infrared. 1 Both users need to align the infrared ports of their phones. 2 Both players need to simultaneously select the 2-player option from the selected game â s options menu. Game settings The following settings are available for all games: Y ou may also be able to play online games using the Minibrowser . Option Description Game sounds Used to turn game sound effects On or Off . Game lights Used to turn screen lights On or Off during game play only . Shakes Used to turn game vib rating effects On or Off .
14 [ 124 ] 14 Y our phone and other devices Y our phone is capable if interacting with, or connecting to a variety of devices using IR (infrared) or the DLR-3P serial cable. Y our phone can exchange information with other phones, desktop and laptop PCs, and handheld devices. Y our phone can also function as a wireless modem when connected to PCs and handh eld devices. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠IR BASICS Y our pho ne can send and receive certain types of d a t a b y w ay o f t h e phone â s I R p o r t . Transmission and reception must be to or from a n I n f r a r e d Data Association (IrDA) compatible phone or device. Y our Nokia phone is a Class 1 Laser Product. Important: T he preferable distance between two devices in an IR c on n ec t io n is fr om three inches to three feet. Th ere must be no obstructions between the two devices and both IR ports must be pointed at each other . Enable IR communications Before you can receive information (business cards, calendar or to-do list notes) or make an IR connection to a PC or handheld device: 1 Make sure that the IR ports of the two devices are point ing at each other . 2 Press Menu 9-1 ( Mobile link > Infrared ), then press Select. The message IR reception act i vated is displayed, and the IR icon appears on the Start screen.
[ 125 ] 14 3 Have the user of the sending device select the desired IR function to start data transfer . If data transfer does not start within two minutes, the connection is cancelled. Y ou must activate IR communications on your phone again. Check the status of an IR connection The status of an IR connection is shown by the IR icon . ⢠When appears steady , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. ⢠When doesn â t appear , no IR connection exist s . ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or the connection has been lost. Send and receive information using IR Y ou can send and receive phone book entries as â busine ss cards â (v .card 2.1 format) using IR between compatible phones, between your phone and a compatible PC running the appropriate softwar e, or between other compatible IR-equipped handheld devices. Send a business card to another device First, make sure the other phone or device is set to receive data via i ts IR port. Refer to t he user gu ide for the receiving device for m ore informatio n o n setting up IR communications and receiving dat a over IR. 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by IR. 2 Press Details , then p ress Options. 3 Scroll to Send bus. card and pr ess Select . 4 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 5 Scroll to Via infrared , then press Selec t . The message Sending business card appears on the screen.
14 [ 126 ] Tip: Selecting Via inf rared automatically enables IR communications. Note: If you have more than one number or text information to send, choose Send default no. or Send all details , then press Select . Send calendar notes Y o u can send and receive cale ndar notes using the same basic procedur es as those found in the section â Send a business card to another device â on page 125. SEND A CALENDAR NOTE TO ANOTHER DEVICE From the selected calendar day â s day list: 1 Scroll to the note you wish to send and press Options . 2 Scroll to Send note , then press Select . 3 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 4 Scroll to Via infrared and press Sel ect to start data transfer . Receive business cards or calendar notes from other devices Y ou can receive business cards and calendar notes from another compatible phone or handheld device. Before the user of the other phone or devices sends you a card: 1 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 2 Press Menu 9-1 ( Mobile link > Infrared ), then press Select. 3 When y ou see the messag e Business card received , press Show . 4 Press Options to select Save or Discard , and press Selec t . ⢠If you press Save , you see the confirmation message Business card saved . ⢠If you press Discard , you see the question Discard business card? . Press OK to discard the information.
[ 127 ] 14 ⢠PC CONNECTIVITY - CABLE AND IR Y ou can make a serial connection between your Nokia phone and compatible PC using the DLR-3P (RS-232) serial cable. This cable is available for purchase as an accessory , or may be included in your sales package. Y ou can also make a serial connection between your phone and an IR- equipped laptop or IR-equipped desktop PC using your phone â s IR por t. Once your phone and PC are connected, you can access your phone â s information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Important: Digital data/fax services (including IS95, IS20 00 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent features and may require a subscription to these services. Please check with your service provider for the availability of digital data/fax services. Nokia PC Suite ⢠Once your phone is connected to your PC, you can use the various components of Nokia PC Suite to: ⢠make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content Copier). ⢠edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings via your PC's keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠create new ringing tones and transfer them to your phone (PC Composer). ⢠create new caller group icons or picture for use with picture messaging (PC Editor). ⢠synchron ize your p hone bo ok and r eminders with P erso nal Info rmation Ma nag er ( PIM) ap plic ati ons such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync). Please refer t o the do cument Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide for installation an d setup instru ctions.
14 [ 128 ] Modem setup Y o u can use your Nokia phone as a wireless modem with your laptop computer or ha ndhe ld devi ce, giving you access to the Internet (for e-mail and W eb browsing) or corp orate n e t w or k s w he r e v er y o u a r e . For more information on modem setup for PCs and handheld devices, please refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Download software PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user guide, and all rel ated software is provided to yo u free of charge. These items can be downloaded from the US mobile phone products section of: http://www .nokia.com
[ 129 ] 15 15 Minibrowser Important: This feature is available only if your service provider â s network supports wireless internet access. Y our service provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact your service provider . The Minibro wser fe atur e allo ws yo u to a ccess special Internet content designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can use your phone â s minibrowser to view news, get weather reports, ch eck flight times, access financial information, download new ringing tones or graphics, etc. The browser â s menu allows you to save addresses of Web sites as bookmarks, so you can return to your favorite si tes quickly and easily . W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠UNDERSTAND BROWSING SESSIONS AND INDICATORS When you launch th e minibrowser , two icons appear o n t he s c re e n : - Minibrowser icon (you are in a minib rowser session) - Active call icon (you are being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects you from the ne tw or k after a period of inactivity . This is normal and is designed to minimize your bill. Y ou m a y find, ho wever , that you are bi lled fo r sev eral net work c o n n e c t i o n s w i t h i n a single sessi on. When the minibrowser disconnects f rom the network, only the browser icon remains. While b rowsing, you can still access pages stored in memory without being connected to the Internet.
15 [ 130 ] However , if you navigate to a page that is not stored in memory , a new connection is established and you â ll be billed accordingly . ⢠LAUNCHING THE MINIBROWSER The first time you launch the minibrowser , you go through a security setup process that takes three to five minutes (follow the on-screen prompts). 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , then press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you may be billed for the connection time. (Y ou can disable this message. See â Disable minibrowser confirmations â on page 135.) 2 Press Ye s . After a few second s, the Home Pa g e appears. (Y our menu may vary according to your service provider .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the key from the Start screen. END A BROWSING SESS ION T o end a minibr owser session, press and hold the key . ⢠MINIBROWSER MENU While browsing, press and release the key to display the minibrowser menu: Option Description Reload Reloads information for current page Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks you â ve save d. Home P age 1 News 2 Y ahoo 3 W eather 4 Finance
[ 13 1 ] 15 ABOUT WEB PAGE CO NTENT The following items may appear on web pages: ⢠Menu choices (may appear as a numbered list). ⢠Hyperlinks (appear as underlined text ). ⢠Input fields (for text o r numbers) - appear as [...] . ⢠Standard text (for reading only-no action required). ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE M INIBROWSER SCROLL THROUGH TH E MENUS AND CONTENTS OF A PAGE Press or to scroll through menus or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one screen). T o scroll more quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. V ersion Displays information about the minibrowser â s software version and developers Advanced Displays a several advanced browser options. Download tones Used to view or access ringing tones you â ve downloaded Exit Minibrowser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. Option Description
15 [ 132 ] Important: Unlike other menus in the phone, there is no â circular scrolling â in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, when you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of the list to begin scrolling again. GO BACK (PREVIOUS PAGE) T o go back to a previous page, press . GO TO THE HOME P AG E ⢠Press repeatedly to move back through previously viewed pages until the Home P age appears. OR, ⢠Press to display the minibrowser menu, scroll to Home , then press OK . SELECT OR OPEN AN ITEM (FOR EXAMPLE, A LINK) ⢠Press the appr opriate number key on your phoneâ s keypad (if the item on the page is numbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, then press the appropriate selection key (for example, to select or open a link). SELECTION KEYS T o navigate to diff erent screens or select special functions, use the select ion keys. The function of each selection key can ch ange with each page and depends on each highlighted item. (Left selection key) - Usually selects the highlighted item, but its function may change depending on what you are doing. (Right selection key) - Usually selects a secondary option or displays a menu of secondary options. ⢠LINKS Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. Depending on its type, when activated, a link will:
[ 133 ] 15 ⢠T ake you to another page or site ⢠Make a phone call (Some sites support this feature). When you make the call, the browser connection terminates and the page you were viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, the page you were viewing is displayed again and you can continue br owsing. ACTIVATE/S ELECT A LINK 1 Scroll to highlight the desired link. 2 Press the appropriate selection key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also press to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a page so that you can quickl y return to that page later . (Y ou may also be able to create bookmarks via your personal account at your service provider â s web site .) BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the key to access the minibrowser menu. 3 Scroll to Bookmark page , then press Select . (A message may appear asking you to confirm this action.) GO TO A BOOKMARKED PAGE 1 From the Home P age , scro ll to Bookmarks , then press OK . A li st of your bookmarks appears. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, then press Select . Tip: The first ten bookmarks are assigned to keys - . Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarked site at any time during a browser session.
15 [ 134 ] ⢠RECEIVE MESSAGES VIA THE MINIBROWSER Depending on your service provider , you may be able to receive text mes sag es via the minibro wser . Unlike SMS text messages, minibr owser messages are not stored in the p hone and must be accessed via th e minibro wser â s homepage. Notification of new minibrowser messages When a new minibrowser message is received, the icon appear s in the status bar . Depending on the message priority , you may also hear an alert tone and/or see New message from: displayed on your screen. ⢠If you receive the message while browsing, press View to read the message or Skip , allowing you to view the message later . ⢠If you receive the message while phon e is idle, press Connect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the Start screen. Y ou can use the Minibrowser messages menu ( Me nu 0 1 - 4 ) to read your messages at a l ate time. W eb links in minibrowser messages Y ou can receive minibrowser messages containing W eb links. If you receive a message containing a link, select Use Web link from the message â s Options menu to open the link and go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Select i ng Use W eb link from the message â s Options menu launches the minibrowser and takes you to the link â s W eb si te. ⢠END THE MINIBROWSER SESSION ⢠Press and hold . OR, ⢠Press , scroll to Exit Minibrowser , then press OK .
[ 135 ] 15 ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CONFIRMATIONS Y ou can spec ify whethe r or not you wan t your phone to display messag es when you b egin or end a browser session. T o modify minibrowser co nfirmations settings 1 Press Menu 4-1-5 ( Settings > Call set tings > Mini browser conf irma tio n ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option, then press OK . Tip: T o prevent unintentional exiting of the minibrowser session, select either the Both or On exit options. This en sures that a confirmation message appears before exiting. If you press and hold , the minibrowser session ends without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Option D escription Both Confirmation required bef ore connecting to the Internet, and before you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to confirm your awareness to possible charges incurred for Internet access. On exit Phone asks you to confirm your wish to end browsing.
16 [ 136 ] 16 Reference information ⢠USE ACCESSORIES SAFELY This section provides information about the phone â s batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the batteries, chargers, and accessories change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with power from an ACP-7U, an ACP-8U, LCH-8 or an LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. W arning: When you purchase batteries, charger s, and ac cess ori es for your phone, use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have received approval from Nokia. The use of any other type of phone-related hardware may invalidate any approval or warr anty applying to the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, chargers, and accessories, check with your service provider . Note: For information on how to charge and recharge your ba tte ry , please see â Charge the battery â on page 14. When the battery is fully charged, the indicator will tell you that the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a charger , disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery will discharge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm up before trying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sounds and the Battery low message appears briefly . When no more talk time is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself off.
[ 137 ] 16 Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the b attery . Always try to keep the battery betw een 59 ð F and 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25 ð C). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is particularly limited in temperatures below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! W arning! Use only your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any object s that may damage th e phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in the section â For your safetyâ on page 1. T raffic Safety Do not use a wireless telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on t h e passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regulat ions in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use i t, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone.
16 [ 138 ] P ACEMAKERS P a cemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of at least 6 inches (approxi mately 20 cm) b e maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless T echnology Research. P e rsons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. HEARIN G AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care f acilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF ene rgy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles (for example, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, electronic
[ 139 ] 16 speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in property and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are i n progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or accessories.
16 [ 140 ] For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperl y installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones i n an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these i nstructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both. Emergency calls Important: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wireless, and landline networks as well as user- programmed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essen tial communications (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. 2 Press as many times as needed (f or example, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready th e phone for call s. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1 or any other official emergency number â emergency numbers vary by location). 4 Press . ⢠If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those features
[ 14 1 ] 16 off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular service provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so. ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUI R EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a r adio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits f or exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the S pecific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its hig hest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenn a, the lower the power output.
16 [ 142 ] Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.888 W/kg and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.306 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels o f various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/f ccid after searching on FCC ID GMLNHP-2FX. For body worn operation, this p hone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the Nokia accessories supplied or designated for this product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram o f tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other r egions please look under product information at: http://www .nokia.com.
[ 143 ] 16 ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years: ⢠K eep the phone and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitatio n, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot areas. High temper atures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone. Nonexpert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough h a ndling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments co uld damage the phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices.
16 [ 144 ] All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charger or any accessory . If any of them are not working properly , take them to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arr ange for service. ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to enhance your phone â s functionality , a range of accessories is available for you. Y ou can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communication needs. For availability of these and other accessories, contact your service provider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR ACCESSORY OPERATION ⢠K eep all accessori es out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-installed accessories are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of an y complex car accessories must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and could be dangerous. Refer to â Use accessories safely â on page 136 for important battery usage information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Not e: The phone has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batteries according to local regulations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose as household waste.
[ 145 ] 16 This section provides information about the phone â s battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. The tables shown in this section provide information about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), talk and standby times. Consult your service provider for more information. Charging Times Charging times for the BLB-3 Li-ion Battery (1 000 mAh) are approximate: Standby and T alk Times Not e: Battery talk and standby times are estimates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habits), temperatures to which batt ery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please n o te that the amount of time a phone is used for calls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Discharging Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Device : ACP-7U ACP-8U LCH-9 Charger only 4 hrs 15 min 2 hrs 15 min 2 hours DCH-8 4 hrs 15 min 2 hrs 15 min n/a DDC-1 4 hours 2 hrs 1 0 min n/a Mode T alk time Standby time Digital Up to 3.2 to 4 hours Up to 7 days to 15 days
16 [ 146 ] Note that a new battery's full performance is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the operating time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by the phone manufacturer and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacturer . Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than 72 hours, since overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Battery will not charge at temperatures above 140 ð F (60 ð C). ⢠CHARGERS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. W arning: Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories approved by Nokia for use with this particular phone model. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dang erous. For availability of approved accessories, please check with your dealer . When you disconnect t he power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. Learn about chargers and other accessories This section provides information about the phone â s chargers and accessories. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the chargers and accessories chan ge.
[ 147 ] 16 The chargers and accessories that are described in this section are available for your phone. Contact your dealer for details. Also, refer to the accessories br och ure tha t wa s i nclu ded i n your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Not e: When a charger i s not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its lifetime. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) and durable AC charger . T o use the Standard T ravel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall outlet and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Not e: If the battery is completely empty , you cannot use the phone unt il it has enough charge to operate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweight (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . T o use the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a standard 120 V or 220 V AC wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approximate charging times f or discharged batteries are shown in â Charging Times â on page 145.
16 [ 148 ] Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phone â s battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready for charging (when not charging). The b attery charging times are the same as those for the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U). The input voltage range is from 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid pro lon ged ch arg ing w ith the Rap id Ci gar ett e Lig hte r Ch arge r (L CH- 9) wh en the car engine is not r unning; this could cause your car battery to drain. Note also, that i n some cars, the cigarette lighter plug is not provided with electricity if the ignition is n o t switched on. Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), the Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8) is an economical choice when you need your phone close at hand. Also available: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Headset (HDC-9P) Small and li ghtweight, the headset kit allows easy and conven ient han dsfree o p er at i o n. T he h e a d se t ha s a f o am ear piece cover for a comfortable fit and has a clip to hold it firmly in place. A remote control button located in the microphone makes the headset convenient to use while answering or receiving calls. Headset (HDE-1) Similar in design and function to the HDC-9P . However , this headset does not have the remote control button on the microphone.
[ 149 ] 16 Data Cable (DLR-3P) Easy and convenient connection to your PC or laptop computer for wireless modem functionality . Compatible with Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Spare battery charger (DDC-1) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), this lightweight and stylish char ger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Loopset (LPS-1) With the Nokia Loopset, people who use a T -coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mob ile phone. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be wor n comfortably and discreetly . ⢠COMPLETE CAR KIT (CARK- 91 H ) Provides handsfree use and connection to an external antenna. In cludes Privacy Handset (HSU-1) for private conversations. Also available: Complete Car Kit, without privacy handset (CARK-9 1) phone sold separately
16 [ 150 ] Mobile Holder (MBC-1) Holds phone securely in place while driving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). ⢠FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) This section lists and answers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessary , the answers refer you to the appropriate text within this guide. Not e: Some o f the answers t ell you to use menu sh ortcuts. For a co mpl ete listing of these shortcuts, refer to â Menu shortcuts â on page 4. Q. How do I lock my phone? A. Press Menu 4-5-2-1 , then pres s Select. Enter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. How do I unlock my pho ne? A. Press Menu 4-5- 2-1 , press Select , enter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. What is my lock code? A. The lock code enables you to lock your phone, thus preventing someone else from using it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediately . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. What is my security cod e?
[ 15 1 ] 16 A. The default security code is 12345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediately . Certain features can be used only after the correct security code has been successfully entered. Refer to â Security code â on page 1 05 for more information. Q. How do I lock the keypad? A. Press Menu f ollowed by . Refer to â Lock keypad (Keyguard) â on page 1 04 for more informatio n. Q. How do I unlock the keypad? A. Press Unlock , followed by . Refer to â Lock keypad (K eyguard) â on page 1 04 for more informatio n. Q. How do I make the phone ring louder? A. Press Menu 3-1-2-3 , pre ss Select , then choose a volume level. Refer to â Set ringing volume â on page 76 for more information. Q. How do I change the ringing tone? A. Press Menu 3 and scroll through the list o f profiles until you fi nd the one for which you want to chan ge the ringing tone, then press Select . Highlight Customize and press Select . Scroll to Ringing tone , then press Select . Scroll through the options. After you hear the tone you want to use, press Select . Refer to â Set a ringing tone â on page 76 for more information. Q. How do I store my voice mailbox number? A. Press Menu 0 1-2 -3 , enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . The screen tells you that the number is saved. This voice mailbox number is valid unless your phone number changes. If your phone number changes, you will have to save a new voice mailbox number .
16 [ 152 ] Refer to â Store your voice mailbox number â on page 58 for more information. Q. How do I call my voice mailb ox number (retrieve voice messages)? A. When your phone alerts you to new voice messages, press Listen and follow the prompts. If you â d rather listen to your messag es later , press Exit . T o listen to your voice messages at a later time, perform one of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 . T he me ss a ge Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the prompts to access your messages. Q. How do I find my phone â s model number? A. Turn you r phone off, then r emove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phone â s model number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, "Model." Y ou may also have recorded this information on the title page of this user guide. Please refer to â User Guide for Nokia 637 0 Phone â on page 1. Q. How do I redial the last-dialed number . A. Press twi ce. Refer to â Dialed numbers â on page 54 for more information. Q. How do I assign a key to 1-touch dialing? A. Press Names and scroll to 1-touc h dial ing . Press Select . Scroll to the first number th at includes the message (empty) and press Assign . Scroll to the name/number to which you wan t to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat these steps as many times as necessary .
[ 153 ] 16 Refer to â 1-touch dialing â on page 96 for more information. Q. How do I find out how many memo ry locations the phone has? A. Press Names and scroll to Sett ings . Press Select . Scroll to Memory status and press Select again. A message appears that says Phone: xx free, xx used where xx indicates the percent of memory used. For more information, r efer to â Check memory status â on page 5 1 and â T echnical information â on page 159. Q. How do I find my phone â s ESN (electronic serial num ber)? A. Turn you r phone off, then r emove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phone â s ESN number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, "ESN." Q. How can I change the contrast of my phone â s dis play? A. Press Menu 4- 2-5 and press Select . Scroll up or down to adjust the contrast , then press OK . For more information, refer to â Adjust screen contrast â on page 35. Q. How do I clear my call timers? A. Press Menu 2-5-6 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Please re fer to â Clear call timersâ on page 56 for more information. W arning: The clearing of call timers cannot be undone
16 [ 154 ] ⢠GLOSSARY Ter m : Definiti on: analog network A network where the signal is conveyed by varying the frequency , amplitude or phase of the transmission. antenna The portion of your phone designed to transmit and receive the wireless signal. antenna jack The connector used to attach an external antenna to your mobile phone (typically used by the CARK-9 1US car kit ). battery The source of power for your mobile phone when the phone is not connected to a charger . bookmark A way to save a web si te address (or URL) to your phone â s memory . Use bookmarks to store the addresses of your favo rite web si tes, then recall them so you ca n return to the location quickly and easily . browser A software program used to view and navigate a portion of the Internet called the World Wide W eb , o r Internet locations developed for the minibrowser . data call A call in which your Noki a phone functions as a data/ fax modem, connected to your PC via the DLR-3P cable or infrared port. digital network Network where the signal is converted to a digital or binary code before transmissio n. earpiece The portion of your phone that cont ains the speaker . Used to pl ay the audio portion of a voice call as well as any other audible tones (for example: ringing, warning, etc.). earpiece volume The sound level of the earpiece â s spea ker during a call.
[ 155 ] 16 e-mail Electronic Mail. A written form of communication in which text (and other types of information) is tr ansm itt ed betwee n recipients electronically via special elec tronic mail systems managed by corporations and/or Internet service providers. END key Used to t erminate an active call or reject an inc oming call. Also used to return to the Start screen from the phone book or from within the phone â s menu.Functions as â back â key while using the Minibrowser . ESN Elec tronic Serial N umber . Used by w ireless se rvice pr ov id er s to identify your phone on the wireless network. fax call A call in which your Noki a phone functions as a data/ fax modem, connec ted to your PC vi a the DLR-3P cable or infrared port. home system Refers to the wireless system to which y ou are subsc ribed. home ty pe system Refers to the same type o f system to whi ch you ar e subscribed, but a system that is not your primary home syste m. Internet An elaborate system of interc onnected public and private computer networks around the world, used to provide access to information and enable communication between users worldwide. keypad tones The sound heard when a key on your phone â s keypad is presse d. message alert tone The sounds that are heard upon receipt of a text or sy ste m message ( e.g. call waiti ng notifica tion) by your phone. Ter m : Definiti on:
16 [ 156 ] microp hone The electronic elemen t in the base of your phone that picks up your voice and other sounds. navigate A term that refers to the act of moving from one Internet site or page to another , or to the act of moving from one area of your phone â s memory or menu to another . network services A term referring to those features and functions offered by wireless service providers (in additon to voice call services). non-home type system Any system that does not use the same wireless "format" as your home system. number keys The numbered keys on your phone â s keypad. power key A key on the front of the phone that allows y ou to turn the phone on or off. This key can also be used to recal l and switch your phone â s profi les. predictive text input A system developed for rapid text entry using your phone â s keypad. preferred syste m Refers to a system that is the same "format" as your hom e system, but is not the system to which you have subscribed. ringing option Refers to the way your phone plays (or if it play s) a ringing tone when you have an incoming call. profile Refers to the various settings relating to yo ur phone â s audible, visible and vibr ating alerts, and the ability to hav e multiple configurations to match yo ur location or environment. Ter m : Definiti on:
[ 157 ] 16 ringing tone The tone or melo dy that is heard when you have an incoming call . ringing volum e Refers to the vol ume of your phone â s ring ing tone. roaming The state of your phone when you are no longer in your home system. Add itional char ges may re sult. screen Y our phone â s display . scroll T o move through a list of names, menu items, etc. by using the phone â s scroll key s. Each new selection or option is highlighted as you scroll to it. select ion ke ys Refers to the keys under the lower left and lower right corners of your phone â s screen. SMS Short Message Service. A service whereby you can send and receive short text messages (typically around 160 characters) with your phone. system Another way to r efer to yo ur serv ice provide r â s wireless network. TA L K k e y The key used to make or answer a call. text message See SMS. URL Universal Resource Locator . A URL is a Web site â s specific address or location on the Internet (f o r example: http://www .nokia.com ). voice dialing The ability to dial numbers in your phone using the phone â s voice recognition feature. (see voice tags) Ter m : Definiti on:
16 [ 158 ] voice mail A system maintained by your service provider , used to record voice messages when you are unable to answer a call. voice mailbox The location on your service provider âÂÂs network used to store voice mail mess ages . voice tag A recording of a user â s voice that is assigned to a phone book entry . V oice tag is used in conjunction with voice dialing feature (see voice dialing). volume See earpiece volume or ringing volume. warning tones , game tones The tone played when your phone displays a warning, or those tones that are heard when you are playing one of the phone â s games. wireless network Y our service provider â s operating environment, including various types of hardware, software, and landline connections, which makes wireless calls possible. W orld Wide Web (WWW) The part of the Internet that is viewed using a software application called a web browser . The browser in your Nokia phone can acc ess many sites on the World Wide W e b , plus sites designed sp ecifically to be browsed from a mobile phone. Ter m : Definiti on:
[ 159 ] 16 ⢠T ECHNICAL INFORMATION Wireless system Single-band CDMA We i g h t 4.5 oz / 127 grams Dimensions Length: 5 in./ 129 mm (min) Width: 1.8 in / 53 mm (max) Thickness 0.8 in / 2 1 mm (max) Frequency range Highband 1850.04 - 190 9.92 MHz (TX) 1930.08 - 1989.96 MHz (RX) Battery voltage 3.6v nom inal Chargin g curre nt 850m Ah ma x Operating temp. -22 ð F to 140 ð F (-30 ð C to 60 ð C) No. of channels 1 150 highband No. of NAMs 2 Memory capacity Phone book: up to 500 entries with up to 5 numbers and 4 text fields per name Calendar: up to 500 entries To-do list: up to 30 entries Text messages: up t o 1 00 messages Digital dat a circuit-switched data/f ax 14.4 KBps Group 3 fax packet-switched data (IS-2000) up to 153.6 kbps
16 [ 160 ] ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution My phone isn â t charging. Charger and phone are not properly connected. Check connection between charger and phone/charger stand and phone. Charger is not p roperly plugged in. Make su re charger is properly plug ged into wall outlet. My phone isn â t making/answering calls. Batter y is not charged. Charge the battery . P oor signal strength Extend whip an tenna. Outside of service area. Change locations until the phone displays service availabl e. I can â t listen to my voice messages. Y ou don â t have voic e mail service. Call your wireless service provider . Y o u have not set up your voice mailbox with your service provider . Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have not saved your voice mail number in your ph one. See â Store yo ur voice mailbox number â on page 58. The voice mail number you have sa ved is incorrect. Call your wireless service provider . Y o u have forgotten your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your wireless service provider .
[ 16 1 ] 16 My SMS messages are not being deliver ed. Y ou don â t hav e SMS service. Call your wireless service provider . I can â t succ essfully tag a phone book entry or menu command. Exces sive back ground noise during the record ing proc ess. Find a quiet location and try again. V oice ta g memory is full. Follow screen prompt to erase an existing tag, making room for new voice tag. V oice dialing or voice command does not recognize my vo ice. V oice tag was recorded by someone other than yourself. Re-record voice tag using your voice. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution
17 [ 162 ] 17 Nokia One Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. ( â Nokiaâ ) warrants that this cellular phone ( â ProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that r esult in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty f or the Prod uct extends f or ONE (1) year b eginnin g on the date of the purchase of the Pr oduct. This one year period is extended by each whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends only to th e original purchaser ( â Co nsumer â ) of the Product and is n o t assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri ca. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokia â s sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative parts. Nokia â s limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedies are the Consumer â s exclusi ve remedies for breach of warranty .
[ 163 ] 17 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of ship ping the Product back to the Consumer after t he co mpletion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, acc id ent, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, worms, T r ojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, defaced or altered. e) The defect or damage was caused by the defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product.
17 [ 164 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â a â is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 W e st Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consu mer will be billed fo r any parts or labor cha rges not covered by th is limite d warranty . Th e Consumer wi ll be responsi ble for any expen ses relate d to reinst allation of the P roduct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some states the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days.
[ 165 ] 17 f) If the Product is returned during the li mited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokia â s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CONSUMER) UNDERST AND THA T THE PRODUCT MA Y C ON S IS T OF REF URBISHED EQUIPMENT THAT CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMITED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRITTEN WARRANTY . O THERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED WARRANTY IS THE CONSUMER â S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTH ER WA RRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUI PMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAIMS OF ANY THIRD P ARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJURY TO PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM BREACH OF THE W ARRANTY , BREACH OF CON TRACT , NEGLIG ENCE, STRICT T O RT , OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERIN G SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF U S E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP AIRED.
17 [ 166 ] 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer specific legal rights and the Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume f or it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expressly provided for in t his limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agreements o r understandings, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this l imited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800-24-NOK IA (1-800-246-6542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined wi thin their own warranty cards and packaging. Nokia is a register ed trademark of Nokia Corporation.
[ 167 ] 17 Appendix A: A message from the CTIA
17 [ 168 ] Safety is the most import ant call you will ever make. A Guide to Saf e and Resp onsibl e Wirel ess Phone Use T e ns of millions of people in the U.S. t oday take advantage of the unique combination of convenience, safety and value delivered by t he wireless telephone . Quite simply , the wireless phone gives people the powe rful ability to communicate by voice--almost anywhere, anytime--with the boss, with a client, with the kids, with eme rgency personnel or even with the police. Each year , Americans make billions of calls from their wireless pho nes, and the numbers are rapidl y growing. But an important responsibility accompanies those benefits , one that every wireless phone user must uphold. When driving a car , driving is your first responsibility . A wireless phone can be an invaluable tool, but good judgment must be exercised at all times while driving a mot or vehicle--whether on the phone or not. The basic less ons are one s we all learne d as teenagers. Driving requires alertness , caution and c ourtesy . It requires a heavy dos e of basic common sen s e---keep your head up, keep your eyes on the road, check your mirrors frequently and watch out for other drivers. It requires obeying al l traffic signs and signals and staying within the speed limit. It means using seatbelts and requiring other passengers to do the same. But with wireless phone use, driving safely means a little more. This brochure is a call to wireless phone users everywhe re to make safety their first priorit y when behind the wheel of a car . Wirel ess tel ecommunications is keeping us in t ouch, simplifying our lives, protecting us in emergencies and providing opportunities to help ot hers in need. When it comes to the use of wireless phones, safet y is your most important call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Below are safety tips to follow while driving and using a wireless phone which should be easy to remember . 1 Get to know your wireless phone and it s feature s such as speed dial and redial. Carefully read your instruction manual and le arn to take advantage of valuable features most phones offer , including automatic redial and memory . Also, work to memorize the phone keypad so you can use the speed dial function without t aking your attention off the road. 2 When available, use a hands free device. A number of hands free wireless phone accessories are readily available today . Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your wireless phone or a speaker phone acces sory , take advantage of these devices if availab le to you. 3 P osition your wireless phone w ithin easy reach. Make sure you place yo ur wireless phone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road. If you get an incoming call at an inconvenie nt time , if possible, let your voice mail answer it for you. 4 Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations. Let the person you are speaking with know you are driving; if nece ssary , sus pend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weat her conditions. Rain, sleet, snow and i ce can be hazardous, but so i s heavy traffic. As a driver , your first res ponsibility is to pay attenti on to the road.
[ 169 ] 17 5 Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. If you are reading an address book or business card, or writing a "to do" list w hile driving a car , you are not watching where you are going. It â s common sens e. Don â t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or w riting and not paying attent ion to the road or nearby ve hicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls whe n you are not moving or before pulling int o traffic. Try to plan your calls before you begin your t rip or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign, red light or otherwise stationary . But if you need to dial while driving, follow this simple tip- -dial only a few numbers, check the road and your mirrors, then continue. 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix --they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the w heel of a car . Make people you are talking with aware you are drivi ng and if necessary , suspend conver sations which have t he potential to divert your attention from the road. 8 Use your wirele ss phone to call for help. Y our w ireless phone is o ne of the greate st tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations--with your phone at y our side, help is on ly three numbers away . Dia l 9-1-1 or other local emergency number in the case of fire, traffic accident, road hazard or medical emergency . Remember , it is a free call on your wireless phone! 9 Use your wireless phone to help others in emergencies. Your w ireless phone provides you a perfect opportunity to be a "Good Samaritan" in your c ommunit y . If you see an auto accident, cri me in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other loca l emergency number , as you would want others to do for you. 1 0 Call roads ide assist ance or a special wireless non- emergency assist ance number when necessary . Certain situat ions you encounter w hile driving may require attention, but are not urgent enough to merit a call for e mergency services. But you still can use your wireless phone to lend a hand . If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assis tance or other special non-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and people driving irrespons ibly represent a hazard to everyone on the road. Since 1984, the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association and the wireles s industry have conducted educational outreach to inform wireless phone users of their respons ibilities as safe drivers and good citizens. As we approach a new century , more and more of us will take advant age of the benefits of wireless telephones . And, as we take to the roads, we all have a responsibility to drive safely . The wireless ind ustry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. For more information, please call 1-888-90 1-SAFE. For updates: http://w ww .wow-com.com/cons umer/issues/driving/articles.cfm?ID=85 é 200 1 Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Ass ociation. All Rights Reserved.1250 Connecticut Avenue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (20 2) 785-008 1
17 [ 17 0 ]
[ 17 1 ] 17 Appendix B: A message from the FDA 1 1 . July 18, 200 1. For updates: http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones
17 [ 172 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administration 1. Do wireless phones pose a health hazard? The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are ass ociated with using wireless phone s. There is no proof, however , that wireless phones are absolutely safe. Wireless phones emit low levels of radiofrequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. They also emit very low levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects may occur , but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or in dete rmining the reasons for inconsiste nt results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phon es? Under the law , FDA does not revie w the safety of radiat ion-emitting consumer products such as wi reless phones before they can be sold, as it does with new drugs or medical devices. However , the agency has autho rity to take action if wireless phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level that is hazardous to the user . In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of wireless phones to notify users o f the health hazard and to repair , replace or recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists. Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, FDA has urged the wire less phone industry to take a numbe r of steps, including the following: ⢠Support needed research int o possible biological effect s of RF of the type emitted by wireless phones; ⢠Design wi reless phones in a way that mini mizes any RF exp osure to the user that is not necessa ry for device function; an d ⢠Coo perate in providing users of wireless pho nes with the best possible information on possible effects of wireless phone use on human health. FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have responsibility for diffe rent aspects o f RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at the federal level. The following agencies belong t o this worki ng group: ⢠National Inst itute for Occupational Safety and Health ⢠Environme ntal Protection Agency ⢠Federal Communications Commission ⢠Occupational Safety and Health Administration ⢠National Telecommunications and Information Administratio n The National Institutes of Health participates in some interagency working group activities, as well.
[ 173 ] 17 FDA shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phone s with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). All phones that are s old in the United States must comply with FCC s afety guidelines that limit RF exposure. FCC rel ies on FDA and other health agencies for safety questions about wireless phones. FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone networks rely upon. While these base stat ions operat e at higher pow er than do the wireles s phones themselves , the RF exposures that people get from these base st ations are typically t housands of times lower than those they can get from wireless pho nes. Base statio ns are thus not the subject of the safety ques tions discussed in t his document. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless phone refe rs here to hand-held wireless phones with built- in antennas, often called cell mobile o r PCS phones. These types of wirel ess phones can expose the user to measurable radiofre quency energy (RF) because o f the short dis tance between the phone and the user â s head. These RF expo sures are limited by Federal Communications Commission safety guidelines that were developed w ith the advice of FDA and other federal health and safety agencies. When the phone is located at greater distances from the user , the exposure to RF is drastically lower because a person's RF exposure decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The s o-called cordless phones; which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiri ng in a house, typically operate at far lower power levels, and t hus produce RF exposures far below the FCC safety limits. 4. What are the results of the res earch done already? The research done thus far has produced conflicting results, and many studies have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures characteristic of wireless phones have yielded conflicting results that often cannot be repeated in other laboratories. A few animal studies, however , have suggested that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory animals. However , many of the studies that showed increased tumor development used animals that had been genetically engineered or treated with cancer-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to develop cancer in the absence of RF exposure. Other studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22 hours per day . These conditions are not similar to the conditio ns under which people use wireles s phones, so we do n â t know with certa inty what the results of such studies mean for human health. Three large epidemiology studies have been published since December 2000. Betwee n them, the stud ies investigated any possible association betwee n the use of wireless phones and primary brai n cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acous tic neuroma, tumors of the brain or salivary gland, l eukemia, or other cancers. None of the studies demonstrated the exis tence of any harmful health effects from w ireless phone RF exposures. However , none of the studies can answer questions about long-term exposures, since the average period of phone use in these studies was around three years. 5. What research is needed to decide whether RF expos ure from wireless phones poses a health risk?
17 [ 174 ] A combination of laboratory s tudies and epidemiological studies of people actually using wireless phones would provide some of the data that are needed. Lifeti me animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However , very large numbers of animals would be ne eded to provid e reliable proof of a cancer promoting effect if one exists. Epidemiological studies can provide data that is directly applicable to human populations, but 1 0 or more years follow- up may be needed to pro vide answers about some health effects, such as cancer . This is because the interval between the time of exposure to a cancer-causing agent and the time t umors develop - if they do - may be many , many years. The interpretation of epidemiological studies is hampered by difficulties in measuring actual RF exposure during day-to-day us e of wireless phones. Many factors affect this measurement, such as the angle at which the phone is held, or which model o f phone is used. 6. What is FDA doing to find out more about the possible health effects of wireless phone RF? FDA is working with the U.S. National Toxicology Program and with groups of investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are conducted to address important questions about t he effects of expo sure to radiofrequency energy (RF). FDA has been a leading participant in the W orld Health Organization Int ernational Electromagnet ic Fields (EMF) Project s ince its inceptio n in 1996. An influential result of this work has been the development of a detailed agenda of research ne eds that has driven the establishme nt of new res earch programs around the world. The Proje ct has also help ed develop a series of public information docume nts on EMF issues. FDA and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) have a forma l Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do research on wireless phone safety . FDA provides the scientific oversi ght, obtaining input from experts in government, industry , and academic organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through cont racts to indepe ndent investigat ors. The initial research w ill include both laboratory studies and studies of wireless phone users. The CRADA will also include a broad assessment of additional research needs in t he context of the latest research developments around the w orld. 7. How can I fin d out how much radiofrequency energ y exposure I can get by using my wir eless phone? All phones sol d in the Unite d States must comply with Fede ral Communications Commission (FCC) guide lines that limit radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures. FCC established these guide lines in consultation with FDA and the other federal health and safety agencies. T he FCC limit for RF exposure from wireless te lephones is s et at a Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC limit is consistent with the safety standards developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic En gineering (IEEE) and the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement. The exposure limit takes into consid eration the body â s abilit y to remove heat from the tissues that absorb energy from the wireless phone and is set well below levels known to have effects.
[ 175 ] 17 Manufacturers of wireless phones must report the RF exposure level for each model of phone to the FCC. The FCC website (http://www .fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety) gives directio ns for locating the FCC identification number on your phone so you can find your phone â s RF exposure level in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequ ency energy coming from wireless phones? The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) is developing a technical standard for measuring the radiofrequency ene rgy (RF) exposure from wi reless phones and other wireless handsets wit h the participation and leadership of FDA scientists and engineers. The standard, Recommended Pract ice for Determining the Spatial-P eak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques, sets forth the first consistent test methodo logy for measuring the rate at which RF is deposited in the heads of wireless phone users. The test method uses a tissue-simulat ing model of the human head. Standardized SAR test methodology is expected to greatly improve the consiste ncy of measurements made at different laboratories on the same phone. SAR is the me asurement of the amount of energy absorbed in tissue, either by t he whole body or a small part of t he body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliwatt s/g) of matter . This measurement is used to determine whether a wireless pho ne complies with safety guidelines. 9. What steps can I t a ke to reduce my exposure to radiofrequency en ergy from my wireless phone? If there is a risk from these products--and at this point we do not know that there is-- it is probably very s mall. But if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF). Since time is a key factor in how much exposure a p erson receives, reducing t he amount of time spent using a wireless phone will reduce RF exposure. If you must conduct extended conversations by wireless phone every day , you could place more distance be tween your body and the source of the RF , since the exposure level drops off dramatically wit h distance. For ex ample, you could use a headset and carry the wireless phone away from your body or use a wireless phone connected to a remote anten n a. Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that wireless phones are harmful. But if you ar e concern ed about the RF exposu re fr om th ese produc ts, you c an use meas ures like those described above to reduce your RF exposure from wireless phone use. 1 0.What about children using wireless ph ones? The scientific evidence does not show a danger to users of wireless phones, including children and teenagers. If you want to take steps to lowe r exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF), the measures described ab ove would apply to children and tee nagers using wireless phones. Reducing the time of wireless phone use and increasing the distance between the user and the RF source will reduce RF exposure.Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using wireless phones at all . For example, the government in t he United K ingdom distrib uted leaflets containing such a recommendation in December 2000. They noted that no
17 [ 176 ] evidence exists that using a wireless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit wireless phone use by children was strictly precaut ionary; it was not based on scientific evide nce that any health hazard exists. 1 1.What about wireless phone interference with medical equ ipment? Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wirele ss phones can interact w ith some ele ctronic devices. For this reason, FDA helped develop a detailed test method to measure electromagnetic interference (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemakers and defibrillat ors from wireless telep hones. This test method is now part of a standard s ponsored by the Association for the Advancement of Medical instrumentation (AA MI). The final draft, a joint effort by FDA, medical device manufacturers, and many other groups, w as completed in late 2000. This standard wi ll allow manufacturers to ensure that cardi ac pacemakers and defibrillat ors are safe from wireles s phone EMI. FDA has tested hearing aids for interference from handheld wireless phones and helped develop a voluntary standard sponsored by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies tes t methods and performance req uirements for hearing aids and wireless phones so that no interference occurs when a person uses a compatible pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same t ime. This standard was approved by the IEEE in 2000. FDA continues to monitor the use of wire less phones for poss ible interactions with other medical devices. Should harmful interference be found to occur , FDA will conduct testing to assess the interference and w ork to reso lve the problem. 12.Where can I find additional informat ion? For additional information, please refer to the following resources: ⢠FDA web page on wireless phones http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones /index.html ⢠Federal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Program http ://www .fcc.go v/oet/r fsafet y ⢠International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiatio n Protection http://www .icnirp.de ⢠World Health Organi zation (WHO) International EMF Project http:// www .w ho.int/em f ⢠National Radiological Prot ection Board (UK) http://www .nrpb .org. uk/ July 18, 200 1For updates: http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones
[ 177 ] Index 18 Index Numerics 1-touch dialing 96 setup 96 3-way conference calls 89 A ABC and 123 modes 37 access codes lock code 10 6 security code 105 accessibility alternate formats 8 features 8 mobile inductive loopset 9 solutions 8 TTY contact 8 website 8 accessories 144 battery 145 cigarette lighter charger 148 complete car kit 149 data cable 149 data cable dlr-3p 149 desktop charging stand 148 loopset lps-1 149 mobile holder 150, 150 spare battery charge r 149 accessory cigarette lighter charger 148 headset kit 148 rapid travel charger 147 standar d travel c harger 147 acessories complete car kit 149 activate automatic redial 91 call forwarding 86, 88 loopset 79 TTY/TDD 78 adjust the volume 35 advanced calling features 85 alternate formats audiocassette 8 e-text 8 large print 8 requesting 8 antenna contact with 13 location 13 automatic redial 91 Automatic update of service 11 0 B battery charging 14 important information 15 indicator 14 installing 13 prolonged charging 136 prolonging life 16 removal 15
[ 178 ] Index battery low indication 136 braille user guides 8 business car ds receiving 126 sending 125 C cable connecting to a PC 127 calculator 11 7 currency conversion 1 18, 1 1 8 using 11 7 calendar 4-way scrolling 11 4 alarms 11 6 day view 11 4 make a note 11 5 note types 11 6 note view 11 5 set the date 11 5 week list view 11 4 call forwarding 86, 88 activate 88 cancel 88 feature codes 87 call lists, clearing 54 call restrictions 10 8 adding 10 9 editing 10 9 erasing 11 0 selecting 10 9 call timers clearing 56 turning on 56 call waiting 88 answer a new call 88 switch between calls 88 caller groups 50 assign a number 50 edit options 51 phone book menu 46 calls 1-touch dialing 96 3-way calls 89 answer a call 19 call waiting 88 end a call 19 ignoring 3 make a call 19 phone lock 10 7 redial last 3 reject a call 19 car kit 149 certification information 14 1 change letter case 38 characters, entering 39 charge the battery 14 clock automatic settings 82 displaying the clock 82 hiding the clock 82 set th e ti me 81 time format 81 compose a picture message 66
[ 179 ] Index connecting to a PC 127 contacting Nokia 9 contacting your service provider 11 Content Copier (PC Suite) 127 contrast, adjusting 35 currency conversion 11 8 D data cable 149 Data call timers 57 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 127 desktop charging stand 148 dialed calls, checking 53 dictionary , add words 43 Digital Data 128 display language 80 dlr-3p 149 download pictures 65 download a ringing tone 80 download pictures 65 Download software 128 E edit a name or number 47 e-mail 64 emergency calls 140 enter characters 39 numbers 38 punctuation 39 enter a space 38 enter letters 37 entering letters and numbers 37 Entering text change letter case 38 enter a space 38 erase a mista ke 38 erase mistakes 38 names and numbers 49 erase mistakes 38 erase names or numbers 47 ESN number 10 F FAQ 150 F ax call timers 57 G games 122 starting 122 glossary of terms 154 H headset connect 34 setup 34 use 34 Headset Kit 148 hearing impaired solutions 9 help 22
[ 180 ] Index I icons 6 in-call options 85 Infrared conn ections 124 IR activating 124 connecting to a PC 127 receiving a business card 126 sending a business card 125 sending a reminder note 126 status 125 K keyguard 10 4 keypad 12 about 17 lock 10 4 keypad tones, setting 77 keys and features 12 keys, selection 21 L label 10 language setting 80 letters, entering 37 lock code 10 6 changing 10 6 lock keypad 10 4 loopset 9 description 149 loopset (LPS-1) 9 LPS-3 9 M memory status, checking 51 menu shortcuts 24 menu number and scroll bar 23 menu shortcuts 24 menu tips 23 menus, phone 22 message alert tone, setting 77 messages e-mail messages 64 options 62 picture 65 receiving via minibrowser 134 text 60 using templates 63 writing 60 Minibrowser receiving messages via 134 Minibrowser timer options 57 missed calls, checking 53 mistakes, erasing 38 mobile holder 150 model number 10 Modem Setup 128 N name or number edit 47 names or numbers, erasing 49 navigate phone menus 23
[ 18 1 ] Index network services 7 subscribing 7 Nokia PC Suite 127 number type, changing 48 number types 47 numbers, add to message 43 numbers, entering 38 O one-touch dialing 96 options in-call menu 85 P PC Composer (PC Suite) 127 PC Connectivity 127 PC Suite Content Copier 127 Instructions 12 7 PC Composer 127 PC Sync 127 PC Suite (application) 127 PC Sync (PC Suite) 127 phone certification information 14 1 radio frequency signals 14 1 phone book add entries 44 add number to entry 47 add other info 50 caller groups 50 change number type 48 change views 46 edit entry 47 erase names 49 erase numb ers 49 erasing 49 menus 45 opening 45 primary number 48 recall name or number 45 phone book menu 32 phone book menu options 32 phone help 22 phone lock 10 6 activating/deactivating 107 allowed number 107 lock code 10 6 making a call 107 phone menus 22 phone symbols 20 picture messages about 65 compose and send 66 modifying 67 receiving 65 when rece ived 65 write 66 power on your phone 16 predictive text 40 tips for 42 turning off 42 turning on 42 primary number , specifying 48
[ 182 ] Index profile customizing 75 defined 74 renaming 78 selecting 74 profiles headset 79 loopset 79 tty/tdd 79 punctuation, entering 39 Q quick save 44 R Racket 122 Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 148 Rapid T ravel Charger 147 received calls, checking 53 remind ers 126 remove the battery 15 restrict calls 10 8 ring options, setting 75 ring volume 76 ring volume, setting 76 ringing tone, setting 76 ringing tones, download 80 rings and tones 74 S SAR 14 1 save e-mail address 50 phone book entry 44 street addres se 50 scroll keys 12, 18, 23 scroll through menus 23 security 10 4 lock keypad 10 4 phone lock 10 6 security code 10 5 security code changing 10 5 security settings call restrictions 10 8 phone lock 10 6 selecting call restrictions 10 9 selection keys 21 sending picture messages 65 serial number 10 service provider differences 7 signing up 7 service provider , contacting 11 set the date 11 5 set the ring volume and tone 76 set up your headset 34 your phone 13 Setting time (manual) 81 Setting time (network) 82 shortcuts 24
[ 183 ] Index shortcuts, list of 24 Snake II 122 Software download 128 spaces , entering 39 special characters 39 specify a primary number 48 Standard Travel Charger 147 start scree n about 16 indicators 17 menu number 23 starting a game 122 strings, touch tone 10 0 switch on your phone 16 symbols displayed on your phone 20 symbols, inserting 43 T TDD 9 technical information 159 templates 63 terms 5 text conventions 6 text messages e-mail messages 64 touch tones length 99 manual 99 sending 10 0 storing 10 0 troubleshooting 160 TTY 9, 79 turn on your phone 16 U underlined wo rds 42 understanding wireless network services 7 unlock ke ypad 10 4 updates to this guide 7 use th e head set 34 V vibrating alert, setting 77 view calendar note 11 5 dialed calls 53 missed calls 53 new text messages 67 picture messages 65 received calls 53 to-do list note 11 7 voice command shortcut 4 V oice commands 83 voice commands create a voice tag 83 using 84 voice dialing 93 dialing a number 95 important notes 94 voice tags 94 working with tags 84, 95 voice mail greetings 58
[ 184 ] Index voice mail, setting up 58 voice messages, listening to 59 voice tags add 94 change or erase 95 volume, adjusting 35 W warning and game tones, setting 78 web address for updates 7 welcome note, adding 82 wireless modem setup 128 wireless network services 7
[ 185 ] Index P ara obtener un manual del usuario en espa ñ ol favor de llamar o enviar un fax al tel é fono 1-888-NOKI A-2U, fax 8 13-249-96 19.
User Guide for Nokia 637 0 Phone Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following US patents: Question Answ er Where to get info My number Wireless service provider Number to call for voice mail Wireless service provider Wireless providerâÂÂs number Wireless service provider ProviderâÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Model number 637 0 Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type NHP-2FX Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Chapter 2 "W elcome", "Find information about your phone" D405445 54448 16 5737323 582 189 1 5990 740 6055264 6 154455 Others D406583 549 17 18 5754976 5854978 599 1627 60 72787 6 167 083 4558302 D4 14 189 559657 1 5758278 5859843 6005889 60 76 181 6205325 490 130 7 D405784 5642377 5790957 5887250 6009129 60 7857 0 62530 75 50561 09 D4235 15 5699482 5793744 5887252 602580 2 608447 1 6292474 51 0 150 1 4969 192 57 0 1392 5796757 588977 0 6029065 6088342 5 1 09390 5440597 57 08656 5802465 59298 13 60470 7 1 6 148290 5265 1 19 RE32580
The wireless phone d escribed in this guide is approve d for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL IN FORMA TION P art No. 9354439 Issue No. 1 Copy right é 2002 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Original Accessories logos, Snake II, P ass âÂÂn Rush, Space Impact, Bumper , and Racket are trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. Printed in Ca nada March, 200 2.PDF created in US March 27, 2002. US P atent No 58 18437 and other pendin g patent s. T9 text input so ftware Copyright é 1999-200 1 . T egic Communication s, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information contained i n this user guide was written for Nokia 637 0 phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of t he products describ ed in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIREC T DAMAGE S HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT AR E PROVIDED â AS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LA W , NO W ARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EI THER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , TH E IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULA R PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O TH E ACCURA CY AND RELIABILI TY OR CONTENTS OF TH IS DOCUMENT . N O K I A R E S E R V E S T H E R I G H T T O R E V I S E T H I S D O C U M E N T O R W I T H D R A W I T A T A N Y TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NO TICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations . Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity t o receiving equipment). The FCC or Indust ry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assis tance, contact your local service facilit y . This device complies wit h part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject t o the condition t hat this device does not cause harmful interference.
[ iii ] T able of contents For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 W elco me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand w ireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Learn about Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Contac t Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 REGISTER Y OUR PHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 E-NEWSLE TTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Contact your s ervice provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Y our Nokia phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About the a ntennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 About the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chec k the Start scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Learn about t he keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Make an d answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Review phone symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Use the selection keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 View your phone â s help syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Browse phone menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Menu a nd menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 3 Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Learn about y our headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Adjust the volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Adjust sc reen contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Lock key pad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 4 T ext entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
[ iv ] Enter letters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Write using ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Write with pre dictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 5 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Saving names a nd numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Recall names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Edit a name or numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Add a number to a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Erase stored names and numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Add other information to a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Use calle r groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Chec k memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 1 6 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Check miss e d, receive d, or dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Clear ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Use call t i mers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 T urn on a current ca ll timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Clear ca ll timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Data timers (Da ta/fax and M inibrowser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 7 V oice m ailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Listen to your voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 8 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Write a tex t message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Use message templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Learn about e -mail tex t messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Receive text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Respond to a te xt message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reply to a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 0 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Organize text messages using folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
[ v ] 9 P ersonal ization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Learn about profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Select a differe nt profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Use a t imed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Cust omize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Rename profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Set the displa y language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Cust omize the W elc ome screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Learn about v oice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 1 0 Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 View in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Use call forwa rding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Use call w aiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Make a c onference call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Send own calle r ID with next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Use Aut omatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 V oice dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Learn about C aller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Use T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Link phone book entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 Learn about V oice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 1 1 Security and System settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Lock key pad (K eyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Automatic upda te of se rvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Learn about sy stem se lection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 12 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 Use the alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13
[ vi ] Use the to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19 13. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 14 Y our phon e and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 IR basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 PC Connectiv ity - cable and IR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 15 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Understand browsing s e ssions and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Launching the minibrows er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Minibrowser me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Navigate in the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Receive mes sages via the minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 End the minibrows er session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Disable minibrowse r confirmations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 16 Reference information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Use acc essories safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Certification information ( SAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 CARE A ND MAINTENA N CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Access ories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Battery informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Chargers a nd other accessorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Complete Car Kit (CARK-9 1H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Frequently Asked Que stions ( FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 T echnical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 17 Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Appendix A: A messa ge from the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Appendix B: A message from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 18 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 7
For your safety Read these simple guidelines. Breaking the rules may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. SWITCH OFF WHERE PR OHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-held phone while dr iving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fu el or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where bl asting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenna unnecessarily .
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ACCESSORIES AND BA TTERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do n ot connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESIST ANCE Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, r ead its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. INFRARED PRECAUTIONS Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. This device is a Class 1 Laser product. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code, then press . T o end a call, press . T o answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . Enter the emergency number , then press . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] Quick guide Make a ca ll Enter phone number , press Answer a call Press Answer a call with call waitin g Press or Answer End a call Press Ignore a ca ll Press Silenc e when your phone rings Redial Press twice Adjust c all volum e Press the up or down volume key Use the in-call menu While in a call, press Options Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key 2 throug h 9 Save a name and number Enter a number , press Options and select Save . Enter a name and press OK Recall a name/number Press Names , select Search. Enter name and press Search or List Recall a name/number during a ca ll Press Options , scroll New call , press Sel ect , press Search , enter the firs t letter of the name to find Che ck voice mai l Press and hold OR dial your voice mailbox number Send a text message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipient â s phone number , then press Options . Scro ll to Enter text, then press Select . Ent er the message text, t hen press Options and select Send . Send an e-mail message Press Menu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipient â s e-mail address , then press Options . Scroll to Enter text, then press Selec t . Enter the message text, t hen press Options and select Send . Read new message Press Show Reply to a me ssage Press Options , select Reply , then select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Repl y to an e-mail messa ge Press Options , select Reply , then select a reply option. Write the reply , press Options and select Send . Send a busines s card (SMS) Recall a name from the phone book. Press Details , then press Options , select Send bus. card , select Via text msg. Enter the recipient â s number or pre ss Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK . Send a busines s card (IR) Same as above, but select Via infrared. Align the IR port s of the 2 devices, t hen press Select .
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS Full list of shortcuts on page 24 1 MESSAGES T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Write message . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1 -1-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T empl ates. . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 Erase messages . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Message settings . . . . 0 1-1-7 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Minibrowser messages . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 3 PROFILES Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . 4-4 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Network services . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 5 SYSTEM 6 GAMES Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 Space Impact . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-3 Pa s s â n Rush . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OICE V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice commands . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . 7-2-4 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . 7-3-2 8 M I N I B R O W S E R 9 M O B I L E L I N K Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 1 0 ORGANIZER Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 -2 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-4 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5
[ 5 ] 1 1 W elcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phone - a new tool for the mobile information society . Nokia recommends that you read this chapter before you use your new phone. Y ou will find useful information about: ⢠How to use this guide ⢠How to understand netw ork services ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you use this guide efficiently as you l earn to use your phone. Understand the terms This guide uses certain terms for certain actions. ⢠Press means to briefly press then release a key . Fo r example, Press means â Press the zero key . â â¢ Press Menu means to press the key that is below the word Men u on the phone â s scree n. ⢠Press and hold means to press and hold a key for two to three seconds (depending on the feature you â re using), th en release the key . ⢠Use the selection keys and to choose an option on a menu. ⢠Highlighted means that an op tion you see on the screen is en closed in a dark bar . Choices you make with the two selection keys act on the highlighted option.
[ 6 ] 1 Observe text conventions This user guide provides text clues to help make instructions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called conventions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons (small pictures) to alert you to important information. Tip: Provides information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feat ur e or points out an important concept. Important: Alerts you to information critical to using a feature correctly . Caution! Warns you when you may lose information. W arning! Helps you avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Convention What it means bold Indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the phoneâ s screen. ⢠Special text such as Notes and W arnings. bold and bl ue Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide W eb . blue and italic A definition for the word or phrase appears in the terms list (glossary) near the end of the user guide. italic Italics indicate emphasis. P a y close attention to any information in italics.
[ 7 ] 1 Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this user guide to reflect changes or corrections. The latest version can be found in the US market section of the Nokia W e b site: http://www .nokia.com ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y our service provides âÂÂs wireless network may be equipped to provide special features or functions for use with your Nok ia phone. These features are called network servic es , and may include some of the following: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠T ext and picture messages ⢠Ability to block or send your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet access services Sign up with a service provider Before you can take advantage of your service provider â s network services, you must sign up with a wireless service provider and subscribe to these services. Y our service provider will make available descriptions of its services and instructions for using them. Note differences among service providers Wireless service providers may differ from each other in certain ways. For example, some networks may not support special language-dependent c ha ra c te rs . Contact your service provider regarding your service needs.
[ 8 ] 1 ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is c ommitte d to mak ing mobi le p hones easy to use for all in dividuals, including those with disabilities. Nokia maintains a W eb si te th at is dedicated to access ibility solutions. For more in formation abo ut p ho ne features, accessories, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, please visit the following W eb site: www .nokiaaccessibility .com Alternate format user guides This user guide is available in alternate formats, including: ⢠Braille ⢠Large print ⢠Audiocassette ⢠E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, in Microsoft W ord or WordP erfect format). T o request any of the above formats, please contact Nokia Customer Care. Please se e â Contact Nokia â on page 9 for more information. Accessible features Y our phone has many accessible features, including the following: ⢠T actile feedback when a you press a key ⢠Adjustable display contrast ⢠Ability to send and receive short text messages ⢠Convenience of one-touch dialing ⢠Vibrating alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠V olume keys located on the side of your phone ⢠Flashing lights alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠TTY/TDD device compatibility using t he 2.5mm accessory jack
[ 9 ] 1 T ext T e lephone (TTY) and T eletype Device for the Deaf (TDD) device compatibility Y our Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2.5mm accessory jack that can be used to connect any â cel lular ready â or â cellular compatible â TTY/ TDD device â s cable to your phone. It may be possible to connect the TTY/ TDD device to the bottom connector using the HDA-8 phone adapter . However , Nokia recommends using the 2.5mm accessory jack for optimum performance. Important: Once your TTY/TDD device is connected t o your phone, you must use the phone â s menu ( Men u - Settings - Accessory settings - TT Y ) to enable the TTY/TDD mode. LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset The LPS-1 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make the 6300 series phone more accessible to hearing-aid users. The Nokia Loopset gives hearing-impaired wireless customers clear access to digital telephony for the first time. With the loopset, people who use a T -coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls without noise interferenc e. Note: The LPS-1 is sold separately as an accessory . Once you connect the LPS-1 to your phone, use the phone â s menu ( Me nu - Settings - Accessory se ttings - Loopset ) to enable loopset mode. ⢠CONTACT NOKIA When you need help, the Nokia Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the table on the following page for more information on how to contact Nokia.
[ 1 0 ] 1 If you ever need to call Nokia Customer Care, Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless service provider , you will need to provide specific information about your phone. This information is provided o n the phone â s label. Y our phone â s label The label is on the back of your phone (under the battery). It contains important information about your phone, including the model and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you note this information on the t itle page of this guide. Please do not remove or deface the label. Have the right information available W e recommend that you have the f ollowing information available before you contact the Nokia Customer Service depar tment: ⢠the phoneâ s model number ⢠electronic serial number (ESN) ⢠your ZIP code Customer Care C enter , USA Customer In teraction Centre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800-24-NOKIA (1-800-246-6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427-1 0 7 0
[ 1 1 ] 1 Have the phone or accessory available Whether you â re calling about your phone or an accessory , have the equipment available when you call. A Nokia representative may asks a specific question about your phone or accessory , so please have the device available for quick reference. ⢠REGISTER Y OUR PHONE Make sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) so that we can serve your n eed s better if you should need to call th e Nokia call center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you can sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections if you would like. Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, accessory information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YOUR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers have pre-programmed their customer support number into the phone. Pressing and holding the key (or the key that your service provider instructs you to use) for two seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This feature can be helpful if you â re having diffi culties dialing a number , especially when traveling outside your home area. If your service provider deter mines that the problem is Nokia-related, the provider â s representative will direct you to the Nokia Customer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer Service (Canada). Note: This one-key feature may not be available on all systems. Contact your service provider for availability .
2 [ 12 ] 2 About your phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provid es you with quick steps for making, answering, an d managing your calls. The rest of this guide user provides complete details on phone use. ⢠Y OUR NOKIA PHONE Infrared port Antenna Ear piece Screen Right selection key End key Microphone Key p a d Po w e r k e y Up scroll key Left selection key Down scroll key Ta l k k e y 2.5mm Accessory jack V olume keys
[ 13 ] 2 ⢠ABOUT THE ANTENNAS Y our phone is equipped with two antennas. The internal antenna is active when the whip antenna is fully retracted. Extending the whip antenna disables the internal antenna As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch either of the two antennas unnecessarily when the phone is switched on. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than otherwise needed. Not touching the antenna area during a phone call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk time of your phone. Hold the phone to your ear , placing your finger tips on the ridge of the battery cover (located below the antenna area on the back of your phone). ⢠ABOUT THE BATTERY Install the battery If your dealer has already installed th e batter y , please see â Charge the battery â on page 14. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone by gripping the bottom of the phone between thumb and index finger . Press downward with the other thumb , sliding the cover toward the bottom of the phone. Set the back cover aside. 2 Place the battery in the compartment with the label side facing up and the metal contacts aligned with the contact pron gs. Whip antenna Internal antenna
2 [ 14 ] 3 Slide the battery into place and snap the top of the battery in so that the retainer bar comes down snugly next to the battery . 4 Replace the cover by sliding it upward until you hear a click. Charge the battery Follow these guidelines to charge the battery . 1 With your phone on or off, connect the lead from the charger to the bottom of the phone. 2 Connect the charger to an AC wall outlet. The battery indicator bar appears on the screen and starts to scroll up and down after a few seconds. 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the battery is fully char ged. After the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery is approximately 80% charged, and is fully charged after an additional hour (approxi mately). See â Charging and Dischargingâ on page 145 for more information. Note: For best performance, charge the battery for 24 hours before you use the phone. The charging time depends on the charger and battery you use. For example, the charging time for the BLB-3 battery with the ACP-8U charger is approximately 2 hours.
[ 15 ] 2 Important: Do not leave the battery con nected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance char ging could shorten its lifetime. Remove the battery Y ou will need to remove the existing battery if you want to install a new battery or if you â ve purchased a spare battery . Make sure the phone has been turned off for ten seconds. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone as shown in step 1 on page 13. 2 Place your index finger in the space at the top of the battery , and press toward the bottom of the phone. 3 T ake out the battery . W arning! Use on ly your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may damage the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of pr operly . Important battery information ⢠Recharge your bat tery only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls while the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, the message Batter y full is displayed momentarily . ⢠Charging time d epends on the charger and battery u sed. Please se e â Battery informationâ on page 144 for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely empty , you may need to recharge it for a few minutes before you can make or receive calls.
2 [ 16 ] Prolong battery life A battery lasts longer and performs better if you fully discharge it from time to time. T o discharg e your battery , follow either of these steps. ⢠Leave your phone switched on u ntil the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the batt ery completely discharge. ⢠Or , use the b attery discharge feature of any approved accessory available for your phone. Important: Do not attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF T o switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for two seconds. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN The Start screen refers to the phone âÂÂs display when no ca lls are in progress, and the re are currently no menu or phone book entries displayed. Y ou can easily return to the Start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were enter ing at the time will be lost, and your work will not be saved. Po w e r k e y
[ 17 ] 2 The following table describes the primary indicators and icons found on the Start screen: ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The table on the following page contains a summary of how the various keys on your phone work. Elem ent Description Home Y our service provider â s name may appear here. Shows the signal strength of the wireless network where you a re. The higher the ba r , the stronger th e signal. Shows the battery charge level. The higher the bar , the higher the power level in the battery . Menu The entry point for your phone â s menu. Press (left selection key) to view the menu options. Names The entry point for the phone book menu. Press (right selection key) to view the phone book menu options. Icon appears in upper left corner of screen, indicating that you are in a digital network.
2 [ 18 ] Ke y Description Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the phone on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles.P ower key also displays menu while using Minibrowser Selection: Press to choose the option shown by the word above the key (for example, Menu or Names ). Scroll keys: Press to scroll up or down through a menu list of options. Ta l k : Press to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pressing this key when not in a call (or when not in the menu or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. End: Press to end a call, to silence the ring from an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Used as Back key in Minibrowser . through Number: Use keys 1 through 9 to enter numbers and letters. Press and hold to dial your voice mailbox. Press and hold to launch the Minibrowser . # key: Use # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text input. * key: Use * key to enter special characters (example: punctuation) or access special characters menu. V olume : Use to increase or decrease volume.
[ 19 ] 2 ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference f or making and answering calls: Ta s k Instructions Make a call 1 Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press 3 Hol d the phone as you would any other telephone, with the ear piece over your ea r and the microphone near your mouth. Answer a call When your phone rings, press End a call Press to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press when you don â t want to answer a call, but still want to silence the ringer . Avoid accidental calls Press Men u then (within three seconds) to lock your keypad. This activates th e Keyguard feature. Unlock keypad When the keypad is locked, press Menu then (within three seconds). This deactivates the K eyguard feature.
2 [ 20 ] ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBOLS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may see on your phone. Symbo l Description A call is in progress. Y ou have selected the Silent profile (sil encing your phone â s ringer , keypad tones, warning tones, etc.) K eyguard is active Y ou have one or more voice messages waiting. Y ou have one or more unread text messages waiting. Digital service is available. Letters you enter appear as uppercase (ALL CAPS). Letters you enter appear in lowercase. Letters you enter appear in sentence case (first word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in phone book). Characters you enter appear as numbers. Predictive text mode is active. Predictive t ext feature available for Calendar and T o-do list notes, or writing text messages . Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first word in sentence capitalized). Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters.
[ 2 1 ] 2 ⢠USE THE SELECTION KEYS Note the two selection keys beneath the screen. The f unction of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters. Insert symbol mode, used to enter special characters such as punctuation m a rk s. The alarm clock is set. Indicates that a r eminder has expired. Indicates you are roami ng. Indicates call over a secure connection. Indicates that a headset is connected (either via the 2.5mm jack or to bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in handsfree car kit Indicates a connection to packet data network. Indicates you have a minibrowser message. Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active Symbo l Description Right selection key Left selection key
2 [ 22 ] For example, pressing the left selection key when the word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Y ou scroll through the menus using the and keys. Likewise, pressing the right selection key when Names appears above it displays the phone book menu. When this guide says, â Press Me nu ,â it means, â Press the selection key beneath the word Menu . â â¢ VIEW YOUR PHONE â S HELP SYSTEM Y our pho ne prov ides bri ef descri ptions o f all m enu op tions. To vi e w a n y o f the help texts: 1 Scroll to a menu or submenu option. 2 W ait about 15 seconds. A short message appears, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use and as needed to scroll down through longer descriptions. ENABLE/D ISABLE HELP SYSTEM Press Men u 4-2-4 ( S ettings > Phone settings > Help text activation ) to turn the phone â s help system on or off. ⢠BROWSE PHONE ME NUS Y our phone â s menu system displays choices you can make to change sett ings on y our pho ne or giv es you access to various phone features. Y our phone has 1 0 menus, plus the phone book menu ( Names ). Each menu can contain several levels of submenus. Menu items
[ 23 ] 2 Y ou can use menus and submenus two ways: by scrolling or by using a shortcut. Check the menu number , header line, and scroll bar A header line appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigating the menus. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminder of the menu or sub-menu with which you are working. A scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll through the main menu. A tab on the bar gives you a visual indication of your relative position in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of the scroll bar . Scroll through menus 1 At the Start scree n, press Menu , then scroll through the menus using the and keys. 2 Press Options , Select , or OK , pressing the selection key for the option you want. 3 Use the scroll and selection keys to navigate the submenus; press the key to return to the Start screen. SCROLLING TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll upward (backward, so to speak) as well as downward to find some of the most frequently used submenu options. ⢠Y ou can return to the previous menu level by pressing Back . ⢠T o exit a menu and return to the Start screen, press . If you leave a menu by pressing , you cancel any changes yo u made. ⢠Some menus may not appear . Ask your service provider for details. Scr oll bar wit h tab Header line
2 [ 24 ] Learn about menu shortcuts Menus and options are numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. USE A SHORTCUT Example: T o turn on Automatic redial: 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 4-1-2-1 ( Settings > Ca ll settings > Automatic redial > On ). ⢠MENU AND MENU SHORTCUTS MESSAGE S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 Write message (T ext/P age) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Add e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-1 Add number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-2 Enter text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-3 List recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-4 Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1-5 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-1 Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-2 Use number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-3 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-4 Use W e b link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-5 Save address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-6 Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-7 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-8 Rename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-9 Save picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2-1 0 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3
[ 25 ] 2 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T e mplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 Erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 All read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6-4 Message settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7 Sending options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7-1 Other settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7-2 V oice messages 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Listen to voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-1 View details of last voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-2 V oice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-3 Clear voice mail icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-4 Minibrowser messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 CALL LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Missed calls 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Call time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1 Send message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2 View number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Use number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Add to name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 -2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 1 Menu option may vary , based on your service provider â s req uiremen ts. 2 Options for the Received calls and Dialed calls lists are identical to Missed calls l ist of options.
2 [ 26 ] Call Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1 Show call time on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1-1 Duration of dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-4 Life timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 Last received data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 All sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3 All received data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-4 Duration of last data/fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5 Duration of all data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6 Clear all data/fax logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-7 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Last sent browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-1 Last received browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-2 All sent browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-3 All received browser data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-4 Last browser session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 All browser sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-6 Clear all browser logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-7 PROFILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1 Customize 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2 Ringing options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-4 Message alert tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-6 1 Customize options for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager profiles are identical to those of the Normal profile
[ 27 ] 2 W a rning tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-7 Accepted caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-8 Profile name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-9 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 Auto-update of service 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4 Minibrowser confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5 None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-1 On connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-2 On exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-3 Both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5-4 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 No card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-1 Card A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-2 Card B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-3 Card C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-4 Card D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-5 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 Manual touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2-1 T ouch tone length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 - 2 W e lcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3 Help text activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-4 1 Normal profile cannot be renamed. 2 Menu option may not be visible, based on your service provider â s r equirements.
2 [ 28 ] Lights 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5-1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5-2 Display contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-6 Restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-7 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Show (Hide) clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-1 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-2 Time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1-3 Auto update of date & ti me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-1 Confirm first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-3 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-1 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-2 Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-3 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-1 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 Use loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-2 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 Use TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-1 Default profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-2 Automatic answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-3 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Restrict outgoing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1-1 Restrict incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1-2 1 Appears when in Handsfree mode.
[ 29 ] 2 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-1 Allowed number when phone locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-2 Change lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-3 Change security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-4 Network services 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2 Forward all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-1 Forward if busy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-2 Forward if not answered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-3 Forward if out of reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-4 Forward all data calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-5 Cancel all call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-6 Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 Send own caller ID with next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4 Y es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4-1 No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4-2 Network feature setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 Own number selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-6 SYST EM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Home only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 GAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 Pa s s â n Rush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Space impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-3 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Racket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Game sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-1 1 Network service s menu options are visible only after enter i ng the correct services code . 2 Menu options may vary , depending on your service provider â s requirements.
2 [ 30 ] Game lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-3 V OICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Add voice tag 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1 Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-1 Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1-3 V oice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-5 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 Call voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2-1 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 Activate infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3-1 Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4-1 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5 Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-5-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2 Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-1 Edit title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-3 Alarm/Add alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-4 MINIBROWSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 V oice command options for Profiles, V oice m ailbox, Infrared, and Call log same as V oice tag options.
[ 3 1 ] 2 MOBILE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Data/fax calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Incoming data/fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-1 Data calls only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-2 F ax calls only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1-3 Data rate display 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2 T ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-1 Graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2-3 ORGANIZE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2 View day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-1 Make a note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-4 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-5 Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-6 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-7 Send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-8 Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-9 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-1-1 0 Make note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-1 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-2 Birthday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-3 Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-2-4 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4 Set the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-1 Set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-2 Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-3 1 Menu options may vary , depending on your service provider â s requirements.
2 [ 32 ] Time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-4 W eek st arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-5 Auto erase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2-4-6 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3 Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-1 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-2 Edit priorit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-3 Go to priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-4 Save to cal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-2-5 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-4 Change priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-5 Go to priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-6 Save to cal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-3-7 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-4 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5 Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-1 Show last time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-2 Split timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-3 Lap timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-4 View times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-5 Erase times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-5-6 Important: Some menu shortcuts may not be availabl e. This list serves as a more detailed list of your phone â s menu structure, as well as a list of shortcuts. ⢠PHONE BOOK MENU From the Start screen, press Names . The following phone book options are available (see table on following page):
[ 33 ] 2 Menu Menu (cont â d.) Search Add new Edit name Erase One by one Erase all Add number Options Scrolling view Name list Name number Memor y statu s 1-touch dialing View number Change Erase Vo i c e t a g s Playback Change Erase Own numbe rs Call er gr ou ps Fa mily a Rename group Group ringing tone Group logo On Off View Send logo Group members Remove name Add name VIP Friends Business Other a. Menu options for VIP , Friends, B usiness, and Other are identical to Family options.
3 [ 34 ] 3 Phone setup Now that you â ve had a chance to learn about some of the basic functions and features of your phone, you may want to explore a few options to improve the way you use your phone. ⢠LEARN ABOUT YOUR HEADSET Y our sales package may include either the HDC-9P or HDE-1 headset. Using the headset offers you convenient handsfree commun i cations with your phone. Note: The HDC-9P and HDE -1 headsets ar e also available for purchase as an accessory , in the event yours becomes lost or damaged (or was not a part of your sales package). Connect the headset Before using the headset: 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Put the round ear piece into one ear . Use the headset Y ou can make, answer , and end calls as usual with the headset connected. The headset â s microphone hangs at th e side of your head. Although the microphone may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at a normal volume. Y ou can use the HDC-9P â s button to answer or end a call, a s well as activate voice dialing or voice commands. microphone button
[ 35 ] 3 Y ou can also use the or to answer and end calls. HDE-1 users must use th ese keys to answer or end ca lls. ⢠ADJUST THE VOLUME Y ou can change your phone â s ear piece volume, making the caller â s voice sound louder or softer . The volume keys are located on the side of the phone. Adjustments to the ear piece volume can be made at any time by pressing the top volume key to increase volume or the bottom key to decrease volume. ⢠ADJUST SCREEN CONTRAST Y ou can change the contrast on your phone â s screen, making the screen brighter or darker . 1 Press Menu 4-2-6 ( Setti ngs > Phone settings > Display contrast) . Y our phone displays the current setting. 2 Press or to increase or decrease contrast. 3 Press OK to confirm your changes. ⢠LOCK KEYPAD (K EYGUARD) The K eyguard feature all ows you to temporarily lock your phone â s keypad and prevent the keys fr om being pressed accidentally (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). For more infor mation about locking your keypad, please see â Lock keypad ( Keyguard) â on page 1 04. Vo l u m e keys
4 [ 36 ] 4 T ext entry W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letter s, numbers, and special characters via the ph one â s keypad when working with the phone book, calendar , to-do list, text messaging, or while browsing the Internet. This section provides detailed instructions for the two text entry methods: traditional text entry , and predictive text input. ⢠ENTER LETTERS AND NUMBERS Y ou have four modes available for enteri ng information, based on the type of data you â re entering (phone book, organizer notes or text messages): Mode The phone shows Use fo r ABC - sentence c ase or title case (first letter capitalized) - all uppercase letters - all lowercase letters Entering names, numbers or addresses in phone book. Entering notes in Calendar or T o-do list Writing a text message. 123 - number entry . Entering numbers. Special characters - special char acters list Entering p unctuation or special characters Predictive text - in combination with ABC mode indicators. Writing SMS text messages, calendar or to- do list notes.
[ 37 ] 4 ⢠WRITE USING ABC AND 123 MODES A status indicator in the upper left corner of your screen indicates what mode you â re in whenever you ar e entering information into your phone (phone book, calendar , to-do list, or text messaging). Enter letters The following table contains a list of the characters displayed when entering text and numbers from your keypad: Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that key â s option s. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key rep eatedly until the desired letter appears. Continue this process until t he word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word you â re entering is on the same key , wait two to three seconds for the cursor to advan c e, then enter the new letter , or press to advance the cursor . Important: Y our phone â s language settings may af fect the characters assoc i ated with your phone â s keypa d. Ke y Characters Ke y Ch aracters . , @ ' ? ! - 1 P Q R S 7 A B C 2 T U V 8 D E F 3 W X Y Z 9 G H I 4 Space, 0 J K L 5 Special characters menu M N O 6 Changes letter case.
4 [ 38 ] For example: to enter the name â Albert â : Press A Press l Press b Press e Press r Press t Note: Default mode s is sentence case where fi rst letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case -each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTIONS ⢠Erase mistakes - If you make a mistake, press Clear to erase one character to the left. Press and hold the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space - When youâ ve completed entering a word or name, press . ⢠Change letter case - Press to switch between the var ious text entry modes or from uppercase and lowercase letters. Enter numbers Y our phone automatically switches to 123 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using any of the following methods: ⢠Press and hold the key for t w o seconds to switch to 123 mode, then press the desired number keys. Press and hold again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired number key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears.
[ 39 ] 4 Enter punctuation/other characters Y ou can enter punctuation, specials characters, and symbols while writing text messages, entering notes in the Organizer , creating phone book entries, or browsing the Internet. The illustration to the right shows a sample of the available characters. ENTER PUNCTUATIO N OR SPECIAL CHARACTE RS Depending on the type of t e xt you â re entering, you can add punctu ation or special characters by doing any of the following: ⢠Press repeatedly while in ABC mode to cycle through some of the most common punctuation marks and special characters. ⢠Press to activate the spe cial characte rs list. A scre en appears displaying the available special characters. Use the scroll keys to highlight the desired character , then press Select . Note: For faster scrolling when viewing the special characters list, you can use the (up), (down), (left) and (right) keys. Press to Select your choice. Important: Some networks may not support all language- dependent characters. Use special characters in phone numbers Y ou can enter certain special characters as a part of the phone numbers you save to the phone book. Pressing repeatedly cycles through the four special characters available when saving a phone number . * This character sends command strings to the network. Contact your service provider for more information.
4 [ 40 ] This character is used to link a 1-touch dialing location to the number currently being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs when the phone dials a number . Numbers entered to the right of this special character are automatically sent as touch tones after a 2.5-second pause. w This character causes the phone to wait for you t o pr ess Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Y our phone offers a quick way to enter text called predictive text input. Predictive texts uses a highly compressed database (or "dictionary") of common words and tries to anticipate the word you are entering. Y ou can use predictive text input when you: ⢠Write or reply to a text message ⢠Create a note in the calendar or to-do list ⢠Enter text while using the Minibrowser W atching predictive text guess a word can be confusing, so you should disregard the screen until all characters have been entered Example : T o write â Nokiaâ : What you press What you see Press - N O Press - o On Press - k Onl Press - i Onli Press - a Nokia
[ 4 1 ] 4 K E YS AND TOOLS FOR PR EDICTIVE TE XT Ke y Description - Use for text entry . Press each key only once per letter . Press and hold the key to enter the number . If the underlined w ord is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and special characters. Spell If the word ente red isn â t recognized, Spell appears above the left selection key . Press Spel l , enter the desired word, then press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to erase characters faster . Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to enter a zero. Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , then press and hold again to return to predictive text. Press once to add a period. Press repeatedly to view other punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuation mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text.
4 [ 42 ] T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu while writing a text message or to-do note. Once enabled, predictive text is available to all features that support it. For example, if you enable predictive text while writing a text message, you also enable pred ictive text for to-d o list notes. in the screen â s upper left corner indicates predictive text is active. ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (QUICK METHOD) While creating a new text message, calendar note, or to-do list note. press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The message T9 prediction on is di splayed and the English language dictionary is enabled.(or the most recently selected dictionary). ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (AND SELECT DICTIONARY) While creating a new text message or to-do list note: 1 Press Options , scroll to Predictive text, and press Select . 2 Scroll to the dictionary you want (for example, English ), then press Select. The message T9 prediction on is displayed. The dictionary in the language you â ve selected is enabled. T urn off predictive text input While creating a new text messag e or to-do list note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds, -OR- 1 Press Options , scroll to Predictive text and press Select . 2 Scroll to Prediction off , th en press Select . Tips for predictive text CHECK A WORD When you â ve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown:
[ 43 ] 4 ⢠Press to confirm the word and enter a space. Continue by writing the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation mark, then press for a new sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press repeatedly until the word you want appears, then press to confirm your choice and continue. -OR- ⢠Press Options , scroll to Matches , then press Select . Scroll to the correct word and press Use . Press to confirm the word an d enter a space. Tip: When you en ter punctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next word automatically appears in uppercase. ADD A WORD TO THE DICTIONARY When the word you intended to write is not in the dictionary , the left selection key becomes Spel l . 1 Select Spell and enter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Save to insert the correct word (and to save it to the dictionary). INSERT NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS The procedure for entering numbers with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see â Enter numbers â on page 38. The procedure for entering symbols with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see â Enter punctuation/other characters â on page 39. WRITE COMPOUND WORDS 1 Write the first part of the compound word, then press to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press to enter the word.
5 [ 44 ] 5 Phone book W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can save up to 500 entries (names and associated numbers) in your phone book. In addition, your phone book is capable of storing multiple numbers for each name (home, business, mobile, etc.), as well as text information (postal address, e-m a il address, or note) . Note: Phone book memory is dynamic. The amount of detail stored for each entry may affect total number of entries available. ⢠SAVING NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to save names and numbers in your phone book. Instructions for the two most common ways are listed below . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (USI NG PHONE BOOK MENU) 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Select . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code (as necess ary) and phone number , then press OK . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (QUICK SAVE) 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad. 2 Press the left selection key twice ( Options - Sa ve ). 3 Enter a name and press OK . 4 Press Done to return to the Start screen.
[ 45 ] 5 Tip: Pressing and holding the Options selection key for two seconds after entering the number stores the number only . ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to recall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can perform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to the selected phone book entry , or delete the entry . From the Start screen, recall a phone book entry as follows: ⢠Press or to display the list of phone book entries. Press repeatedly to scroll through the list of names. Tip: When viewing the list of names, enter the first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book aut o matically jumps to that section of the phone book. ⢠Press Names , select Search , enter the first few letters of the entry , then press Search . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has several menu options f rom which you can choose. These options appear when you press Names . Use the scroll keys to move to the option you want t o use. Option Description of function Search Allows you to search for a specific phone book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit name Allows you to edit the name of a phone book entry Erase Allows you to erase phone book entries one by one or all at once
5 [ 46 ] Displaying the phone book Y our phone book â s information can be displayed in three different ways: ⢠Name list - Entries displayed as a list of names. ⢠Name number - Name and default number displayed When viewing the phone book, use or to scroll through the phone book entries. Change phone book view 1 Press Names , scroll to Options , then press Select . 2 Select Phone book view , then scroll to the view option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact Options Displays a list of phone book options, including phone book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dialing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t a g s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialing Own numbers Displays your phone number(s) Caller groups Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories and assign special ringing tones and graphics to the group Option Description of function
[ 47 ] 5 ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phone book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , t hen press Options . 3 Scroll to Edit name or Edit number and press Select . 4 Edit the name or number , then press OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY There are several ways to add additional numbers to an existing phone book entry . Y our phone book can store up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: General , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x . From the phone book 1 Press Names , scroll to Add number , then press Select . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , then press Add no. 3 Scroll to the type of number you are adding ( Gene ral , Mo bile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ,), then press Select . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the Start screen 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad, then press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Add to name , then press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , then press Add no. 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select .
5 [ 48 ] By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Details , then press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add number , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Select . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type Every time you create a new phone book entry , your phone automatically assigns the General number type to the new number . Y ou can use a phone book entry â s Options menu to change the number type for any of the phone numbers. (For example, change a number â s type from General to Home .) 1 Recall the name from the phone book. 2 Press Details , then scroll to highlig ht the number you want to modif y . 3 Press Options , scroll to Change type, then press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would like, then press Select . Important: If you plan on using Nokia PC Sync to synchronize your phone book and your PC â s PIM (P ersonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book entry contains multiple numbers, the number ent e red when the phone book entry was created is designated as the primary number . When you highlight a phone book entry and pr ess , your phone dials the primary number . Consider designating the number you di al most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary number .
[ 49 ] 5 CHANGE PRIMARY NUMBER Any phone number can be designated the primary n umber . 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to set as the primary number . 3 Press Options , scroll to As primary no. , then press Select . ⢠ERASE STORED NAMES AND NUMBERS Y ou can erase a number from a phone book entry , erase all details of a contact, or erase the entire contents of your phone book. Once you erase information, it cannot be recovered. ERASE A NUMBER 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to erase. 3 Press Options , scroll to Erase number , then press Select . 4 Press OK to confirm your choice. ERASE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry (name) you want to erase, then press Details . 2 Press Options . Scroll to Erase , then press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book entry (including all details). ERASE THE ENTIRE PHONE BOOK 1 Press Names , scroll to Erase, then press Select . 2 Scroll to Erase all and press Select . 3 When y ou see the messag e Are you su re? , press OK . 4 Enter your security code, then press OK .
5 [ 50 ] ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Once you have created a contact, y ou can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. Note: T ext information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a new contact with only an e-mail address. 1 Recall the phone book entry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then press Options again. 3 Scroll to Add info , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the type of information you would like to add ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.), the n press Select . 5 Enter the information, then press OK . 6 Press to return to the Start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y our phone allows you to group phone book entries with similar attributes into caller groups . Th e five default call er groups are F amily , VIP , Friends , Business , and Other . Each group has three attributes which can be defined by the user: Group Name, Group Tone, and Group Logo . Assign phone number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phone book entry , then press Details . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , then press Selec t . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example F amily ), the n press Select.
[ 5 1 ] 5 Edit caller group options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RING ING TONE AND GRAP HIC FOR A CA LLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Select . 4 Scroll to one of the following functions and press Select. ⢠Rename group - Enter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringing tone - Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone selected for the currently selected profile. ⢠Group logo - Scroll to On , Off , View , or Send graph ic (sent via SMS), and press Select . ⢠Group members - Press Select to view group members. To add or remove a member , press Options , then select Add name or Remov e nam e . Note: If you s elected Send graphic , enter the recipient â s phone number or recall it from phone book and press OK . Check with your service provider for availability of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STATUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phone â s memory that is in use and the percentage that remains available. 1 Press Names and scroll to Settings . 2 Scroll to Options , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memo ry s tatu s and press Select .
6 [ 52 ] 6C a l l l o g W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including phone numbers and call times. The call log keeps track of: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Received calls ⢠Dialed calls ⢠Time spent on calls ⢠Time spent on digital data/fax or minibrowser calls ⢠Amount of data transferred during data/fax or minibrowser calls REQUIREMENTS Before your phone can log missed or received calls proper ly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service. 2 Y our phone must be tu r ned on and in a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/her caller ID. 4 Y our phone â s time and date must be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in the call log. If you try to view the call log, the message No new numbers is displayed. Important: The ability to make digital data/fax calls and minibrowser calls is based on the avail ability of these services and may require a subscription to these services. Check with your service provider for more information on digital data/fax calls and availability of wireless Internet services.
[ 53 ] 6 ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALLS Y our phone records information about the ten most recently missed, received, and dialed calls (ten entries for each type of call). T o view call log entries: 1 Press Menu-2 ( Call log ). 2 Scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialed numbers ), then press Select . 3 Use and to view the list of missed, received, or dialed calls. Note: If the phone number recorded by the call log matches a number stored in your phone book, the name of the phone book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list o f options available for all call log entries. Scroll to the desired call log entry , then press Options. The following list of choices is displayed: Option Description Call time Shows the time when the call was missed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and send a t e xt message to numbers listed in the call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a number found in your phone book Edit number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry
6 [ 54 ] Use call log shortcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss a call(s), the message Missed calls appears on your phone â s screen, along with the number of calls missed. Important: Y ou are notif ied of missed calls only if your phone was turned on. Note : If you chose t he Forward if not answe red option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these forwarded calls as missed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to access th e Call log menu. From the Start screen: 1 Press . The most recently dialed call is displayed. 2 Use or to view t he other call log entries. 3 Press again to redial the number displayed, or press Options to work with the selected call log ent r y . Tip: To redial th e last number , press twice. ⢠CLEAR CALL LISTS Y our phone â s Call log uses call lists to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Clear call lists menu to erase the log of phone numbers dialed, received, or missed. Erase Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number Option Description
[ 55 ] 6 The All option clear s all numbers in all lists, whereas the other op ti on s clear only the numbers associated with that option . Caution! This operation cannot be undone. Clearing the Di aled numbers call list clears the li st of dialed calls accessed by pressing . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Clear call lists ). 2 Use or to highlight t he desired option: All , Missed , Received , and Dialed . 3 Press Select to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone uses call timers to track the amount of time you spend on each call. Y ou can review phone use by checking the phone â s call timers. Important: The actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so forth. ACCESS THE VARIOUS CAL L TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Call timers ). 2 Use or to scroll through the options described in the following list: Option Description Duration of last call Displays elapsed time of the last call you made Duration of dialed calls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Duration of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls
6 [ 56 ] ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CALL TIMER Y our phone can display a call timer showing elapsed time of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call length. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1 -1 ( Call log > Call timers > Duration of last call > Show call time on di splay ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . Tip: After a call has ended, press any key on your phone to clear the current call time from the screen. ⢠CLEAR CALL TIMERS T o erase all call timers: 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call log > Call timers > Clear timers ). The Security code field appear s. 2 Enter your security code and press OK . Caution! This action cannot be undone. Tip: If you use the call timers to lo g the amount of time spent o n calls, you may want to record the information from the call timer s before you clear them. Duration of all calls Displays sum total for all incoming and outgoing calls Life timer Shows the time used for all calls for the life of your phone. This option cannot be reset. Clear timers Clears (erases) all call timers except Life tim er Option Description
[ 57 ] 6 ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displays the l ength of digital data/fax calls, as well as meters the amount of data transferred during data/fax calls. The call log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access the wireless Internet. Access data-related call timers ⢠T o access the data/fax call timer s, press Menu 2-6 ( Call log > Data/fax calls ). ⢠T o access the minibrowser call timers, press Menu 2-7 ( Call log > Minibrowser cal ls ). Data-related call timer options The following call timer options are available for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received ) data/fax - amount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received ) data/fax - amount of data displayed in KB ⢠Duration of last data/fax call - length of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duration of all data/fax calls - running total of all calls. ⢠Clear all data/fax logs - clears all timers and data logs. Minibrowser timer options The available options for the minibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax cal ls.
7 [ 58 ] 7 V oice mailbox W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enables those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunction with your service pr ovider â s voice mail system, you can retrieve your messages at any time. ⢠STORE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Before you can retrieve any voice messages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 0 1-2-3 ( Messag es > Vo i c e m e s s a g e s > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , then press OK . Y our voice mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long. Note: If your phone number changes, you may need to reenter your voice mailbox number . Tip: Y ou can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN number as a part of your voice mailbox number . For more information, please see â Save touch tones as a phone book entry â on page 1 00. ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different wireless systems. If you need information about how to record your greeting, contact your service provider .
[ 59 ] 7 ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSA GES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone and New voice mess age is displayed, press Listen and follow the prompts. If you â d rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO MESSA GES LATER ⢠From the Start screen, press and hold for two seconds. -OR- ⢠Press Menu 0 1 -2-1 ( Messag es > V oice messages > Listen to voi ce messag es ). The message Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts from the voice mail system to review your messages.
8 [ 60 ] 8 T ext messages Y ou can use the Messages menu (Menu 1) and Short Message Service (SMS) to read, write and send text messages to anot her phone in your network. Y o u may also be able to use the Minibrowser â s e-mail feature to se nd text messages to phones in other networks. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: When sending SMS messages, your phone may display the words Message Sent . This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with your service provider . Note: T ext messages and the Mi nibrowser are both network- dependent features and perform differently in different networks. Y ou may also be required to subscribe to t he s e se r vi ce s . Co n ta c t your service provider for more information about these features. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou can use the Messages menu to create and sen d text messages to another mobile phone in your network, to another mobile phone in another network, or to an e-mail r ecipient. Y ou can also save a d raft of your message in the Outb ox folder f or later use. Create and send a text message Important: Use this method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless network. If the recipient has a differ ent service provider , you must send the message as an e-mail (see â Create and send an e-mail messageâ on page 64).
[ 6 1 ] 8 1 From the Start screen, press Menu , then press Select . 2 Select Text messages , th en select Write message . 3 Select either Te x t (up to 160 characters) or Pa g e (message consists of phone number only). Note: The ability to send a numerical page may be dependent on your wireless network. Please contact your service provider for more information on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , then press Select . 5 Enter the phone number of the recipient, then press OK . OR Press Search , highlight the desired number stored in your phone book, then press Select . 6 Press Options , scroll to Enter text , then press Select . 7 Enter your me ssage. ⢠For more information on how to enter text via traditional text entry , please se e â Write using ABC and 123 modes â on pag e 37. ⢠For more information about using predictive text, please see â Write with predictive textâ on page 40 Tip: Since the network limits the number of characters in a message, a character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of your phone â s display . 8 T o send the message, press Options , then select Send . USE OTHER OPTIONS Y ou may consider using the following as a shortcut for sending a new text message: 1 Enter the recipient â s phone number from the keypad, then press Options. 2 Scroll to Send message, then press Select. Continue the creation process as described above.
8 [ 62 ] View message options The table below lists several options available while creating a text message. To view these options, press Options at the text entry screen. Option Description Send Sends the current text message to the recipient(s) List recipients Allows to you add or remove recipients to the message Settings Allows you to mark a message as urgent, to request a delivery receipt, or to specify a callback number Save message Saves the current message to the desired folder Clear tex t Clears the screen of a ll text and characte rs Exit edito r Used to return to the Messages menu Insert name, Insert number Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message, or to enter the phone n umber directly . Use tem pla te Adds text from a template to the current message Insert picture, Erase picture Allows you to add a picture to the current message or erase a picture that you â ve already attached Predi ctiv e text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select langu a ge of dictionary used Insert word, Edit word Allows you to insert a word not found in the dictionary , or edit a word then add it to the dictionary Insert symbol Used to enter punctuation or special characters into the current text message. Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text
[ 63 ] 8 ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES T empl ates are short, pre-written messages which can be recalled and inserted into new text messages when you â re short on time. 1 Create a new text message as describ ed in steps 1 - 6 in the section, â Create and send a text messageâ on page 60. 2 Instead of entering your own message, press Options , scroll to Use template , then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to one of the available templates: 4 Press Select to enter the text into your new message. 5 Complete the process described earlier to send your message. Y ou can also create a new message while browsing the T emplates folder . 1 Press Menu 0 1-1-5 ( Messag es > Te x t m e s s a g e s > Te mplates ). 2 Scroll to the desired template, then press Select . 3 Press Options , then select Edit message to modify the message or Add number to select a recipient. 4 From the message options list, select Send to send your message. â Please callâ â I am late. I will be there atâ â Iâ m at home. Please callâ â See you inâ â Iâ m at work. Please callâ â See you atâ â Iâ m in a meeting, call me later atâ â Sorry , I can â t help you on this. â â Meeting is canceled.â â I will be arriving atâÂÂ
8 [ 64 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESSAGES Y ou can also use the Messages menu to write and send text messages to a person â s Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks. Create and send an e-mail message Use the same procedure for creating and sending e-mail messages as found in the section, â Write a text message â on page 60. However , select Add e-mail , then enter the e-mail address (or press Search and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in other networks Most service providers now have the ability to route e-mail messages to your phone (appearing as text messages). Th e following are just a few examples of how your phone â s e-mail address may appear: 2135551234@myservic eprovider.com username@servicepro vider.com 2135551234@mobile.m yserviceprovider.com It is virtually impossible to send messages to phones outside your service provider â s network using traditional text messaging. However , it is possible to send a text message as an e-mail to phones outside your service provider â s network (provided the recipient â s phone is capable of receiving e-mail text messages). Follow the instructions, â Write a text message â on page 60 but select Add e-ma il . Enter the e-mail address associated with the recipient â s phone number (or press Search and recall the e-mail address stored in your phone book). Important: This feature may require subscription to special services. Please check with your service provider for more information and for the e-mail address assigned to your phone.
[ 65 ] 8 ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture messages. Y our phone comes with 5 pre-loaded pictures and can also stor e any new pictures you create (using PC Suite) or receive. Y ou can also overwrite any of the 5 pictures that come with your phone. Pictures can be attached to a message and sent via SMS to compatible phones. Picture messages behave the same as text messages, but pictures take up more space th an text. Pic tures are stored in the â T e mplates â folder (Messa ges - T empl ates). Note: Y ou cannot send a picture message using e-mail SMS messages. Download pictures Y our phone can download pictures, or receive th em from compatible phones via SMS to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone using Nokia PC Suite. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture messages. Contact your service provider for details. When you receive a picture message When you receive a picture SMS message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display . 1 Press Show to read the messa ge (or press Exit to view the messa ge later from your Inbox ). 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and press Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view the wh ol e message if necessary .
8 [ 66 ] Tip: K eep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you â re finished, press Back to move the message to the Inbox, or press Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . T O SAVE THE PICTURE If you â d like to save the picture to your Templates folder for later use: 1 Press Options , scroll to Save picture , then press Select. 2 Edit the name of the picture (if necessary), th en press OK. Note: If your templates folder is full of pictures, just scr oll to the picture you â d like to replace and press Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is the equivalent in size (and cost) of 3 text messages . When you attach a picture to a messa ge, you â ll have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in the message. If you try and attach a picture to a message which is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you â re prompted to erase some text before proceeding. 1 Follow steps 1 - 6 on page 60, â Create and send a te xt message â . 2 At the text entr y scree n, pres s Options . Scr oll to Attach pict ure and press Select . Tip: Attach pictures before adding text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 3 Scroll to a picture and press View . 4 Press Attach to insert the p icture into your message (or press Ba ck , scroll to another picture, and press View again). 5 Once the pictu re is attached, enter the text of your message. 6 T o send the picture message, press Options , scroll to Send , and press Select .
[ 67 ] 8 PREVIEW , CHANGE, OR ERASE A PICTURE MES S AGE 1 After a picture has b een attached to your message, press Options at the message ed it screen. 2 Scroll to one of the following options and press Select . a) Preview - Previews th e attached message before sending. Press Back to return to the l ist of options. b) Change picture - T akes you back to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new pi cture, press View and then press Attach to replace t he previous picture in your message. c) Erase picture - Pre ss OK to erase the picture from your message, or press Back to return to the list of options. ⢠RECEIVE TEXT MESSAGES When you receive a text message, the indicator and the text: (#) Message(s) received appears on the screen (where # is the number of ne w messages received). 1 Press Show to read the message or press Exit to v i ew it later . 2 While reading the message, press Options to view the list of message options, then press Select to ch o ose the desired option. READ MESS AGES LATER 1 Press Menu , then select the Messages menu. 2 Scroll to Inbox , then press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to the desired message, then press Select to read the message. Note: The icon in front of the message header indicates the message has not been read. in front of th e messag e header indicates you have already viewed the message.
8 [ 68 ] ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Pressing Options displays the following list of choices: Note: Some of these options may not be visible. For example, Use W eb link appears only when a URL is present in an SMS message. Option Description Erase Erases the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Save message Saves current message to Archiv es folder Edit Used to edit message before saving or forwarding Use number Captures phone number in the message (or from the message se nder) with the option to Save (as new phone book entry), Add to name , Send message , or Call . Use W e b link Captures the URL in the message and allows you to go directly to that site (via the Minibrowser) or t o save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address in the message (or the sender of an e-mail text message) Forward Use to forward current message to another user Move Used to move message to user-defined folder Rename Used to rename existing message title as seen in the message l ist Save picture Used to save the picture from a pi cture message
[ 69 ] 8 ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message either by a traditional text message or by an e-mail message. The origin of the message or the sender â s wireless network affects how you reply to the incoming message. Replying via SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the following reply types and press Select : ⢠Clear screen - gives you an empty text buffer . ⢠Original text - original message is included in the reply message. ⢠Te m p l a t e - allows you to select a template from the Tem p l a t e s folder . ⢠Standard answer templates (including: Ye s , No , OK , Thank you , Congrats , Happy birthday , I love you too , Hugs and kisses , Sorry , and Sorry , IâÂÂm late ). 4 After you write your reply , press Options , then select Send . A copy of all sent messages remain in your Outbox, unless you turn this feature off in Message se ttings . Press Back to return to the Messag es menu, or press to return t o the Start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for replying to SMS messages sent from an e-mail address Note: If the incoming e-mail message is improperly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address. Press Options , then select Add e-mail to reenter the e-mail address.
8 [ 7 0 ] ⢠ERASE MESSAGES Y ou have several options for erasing individual messages or erasing the contents of an entire folder . Y ou may need to erase older or unwanted messages in order to free up your phone â s memory for new messages. Learn about erase options The Messages menu has an option that allows you to erase the entire contents of your folders as described below . ⢠All read - erases all read messages from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox - erases read messages in this folder (unread messages remain intact) ⢠Outbox - erases all messages in this f older ⢠Archi ve - erases all messages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the Start screen, press Menu 0 1-1-6 ( Messages > Text messages > Eras e messa ges ). 2 Highlight the folder whose contents you wish erased and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if prompted) and press OK . Erasing individual text messages 1 From the Inbox , Outbox , or Archive folder , highlight the message you wish to erase. 2 Press Options , scroll to Erase and press Se lect . 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. Forward a message Y ou can forward any incoming text messages, whether they were sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. Y o u can forward a message to a single user or to a list of users.
[ 7 1 ] 8 Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple users, your recipient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Select . 3 Select Add e-mail or Add number , then addres s the mess age. For multiple recipients, press Opt ions again, then add additional e- mail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Options, scroll to Send, then press OK . If you want to edit the forwarded message, select Edit text fr om the options menu prior to sending the message. View a message â s settings Y ou can assign several settings to the text messa ges (new messa ges, rep li es , o r for war de d m ess age s) . The followin g settings are avai lable from the message â s Option s m enu: ⢠Urgent - sends the message marked urgen t , and appears in recipient â s Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Delivery note - lets you know when your message has been delivered ⢠Callback no. - includes your number (or a number that you enter or recall from the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN MES SAGE OPTIONS 1 After entering text, press Options. Scroll to Sett ings and press Sel e ct . 2 Scroll to the desired setting, then press Mark . 3 Press Done , then press Ye s to save changes to your message. 4 Scroll to Send , then press Select (or select a dif ferent menu option). Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠In box - stores new messages and read messages
8 [ 72 ] ⢠Outbox - saves copies of all sent messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the event the network is temporarily unavailable) ⢠Archive - used to file read messages and sent messages for long- term storage A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is full. Before you can receive, save, or send any new me ssages, you must delete older me ssages from your Inbox , Outbox , or the Archive fol der . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Y ou can specify several settings that affect th e overall way your phone handles text messaging. Use the Me ssage settings menu ( Menu 0 1-1-9 ) to configure the following: ⢠Sending options - used to specify normal or urgent priority , request delivery notification, or specify that a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settin gs - used to specify the font size used to di splay messages. Also used to configure how your phone automatically handles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are f ull, and saving copies of sent messages automatically . ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organizing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox - T ext messages you receive remain stored in your Inbox until you erase the m or move them to the Arch ive folder . ⢠Outbox - Messages that canâ t be sent immediately can be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the message in the Outbox .
[ 73 ] 8 If you try to send a text message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Outbox . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAVED IN THE OUTBOX 1 From the T ext messa ges menu, scroll to Outbox and press Open . 2 Scroll to the desired message, then press Read . 3 Press Options , then press Resend (or Edit message if the message was a saved draft). From this point, you have several options, including: ⢠Select Edit message and cont i nue working with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e-mail , Add number , or Add list to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , then press Select to send the message. Archive When you select Save message from a text message â s Options men u, the message can be moved to the Archiv e folder . Moving messag es out of the Inbox frees up the phone â s inbox for more incoming text messages. When you create new picture messages using PC Suite, any messages sent to your phone via cable or IR are stored in the Archives folder as well.
9 [ 74 ] 9 P ersonalization W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to customize the way your phone works. Y ou can use the existing profiles, or you can customize a profile to suit your own preferences. Some of the items you can cust o mize are: ⢠Ringing options and vibrating alert ⢠Ringing tones and ringing volume ⢠K eypad and message alert tones ⢠W arning and game tones Y our phone comes with five profiles: Normal (default setting), Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and P ager . ⢠SELECT A DIFFERENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power key briefly . 2 Use and to scroll to the prof ile you want to use. 3 Press OK to select a profile. USE PROFILES MENU 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to u s e, then press Select . 3 Press Select again to choose the highlighted profile.
[ 75 ] 9 ⢠USE A TIMED PROFILE When selecting a different profile, you can specify an â expiration time â for the new profile. At the time you specify , your phone returns to the previous profile. Using timed profiles can help prevent missed calls. For example: Y ou â re required to use the Silent profile before an event starts, but forget to return to the Normal profile until hours after the event is over . During this time, you â ve missed several calls because your phone â s ringing tone was silent. A timed profile automatically returns your phone to the default pr ofile at a t i me you specify . Tip: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 At the Start screen, press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you wish to activate and set for timed expiration, then press Select . 3 Scroll to Timed and press Select . 4 Enter the time for the profile to expire and press OK (you may also be requ ired to s elect e ither am or pm ). The profile you â ve set for expiration is now active and appears in the Start screen along with a small â clock â icon. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to customize, t hen press Select . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . The following sections describe each of the options you can cust o mize. Set ringing options Y ou can choose the way your phone ri ngs to notify you of incoming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones.
9 [ 76 ] 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing options , then press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options described below , then press Select . Set a ringing tone A ringing tone is the melody your phone plays when you receive a call. Y ou can set the r inging tone to a specific sound effect, or to a melody to personalize how the phone rings. Important: The Silent or Beep once ringing option d isables any melody you may chose. T o hear a ringing tone while editing a profile, make sure one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing tone and pr ess Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the ringing tone you want to use, press Select . Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming voice calls and message ale rt tones. 1 From a profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Ringing volume and press Select . Option Descripti on Ring The phone rings normally . Ascendin g Ringing volume begins softly , then increases in volume if the phone is not answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once The phone beeps once to indicate an incoming call. Silent The phone makes no sound.
[ 77 ] 9 2 Scroll to an option and listen. W hen you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, pres s Select . Set a vibrating alert Y our phone has the ability to vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Likewise, enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Silent ringing option causes your phone to only to vibrate on incoming call. 1 From the selected profile â s Custom ize menu, scroll to Vibrating aler t and press Select . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . Important: The phone does not vibrate when it is connected to or placed in any charging device. Set message alert tone Several message alert tone options are availabl e to indicate incoming text messages. 1 From the selected profile â s Customize menu, scroll to Message alert tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the message alert tone you want to use, press Sel ect . Set keypad tones Use the Ke y p a d t o n e s option to set the volume of the tones heard when pressing your phone â s keys. 1 From the selected profile â s Custom ize menu, scroll to Ke y p a d t on e s and press Select . 2 Scroll to one of the levels and press Select . Important: If you choose Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silent profile automatically turns keypad tones off.
9 [ 78 ] Set warning and game tones Y ou can cust omize the way your phon e plays warning tones and the t ones used for the games. Warning tone s include the tones playe d when there is an error , during confirmations, when a battery is low , and when you need to recharg e the batter y . 1 From the selected profile â s Customize menu, scroll to W arning and game tones and press Select . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If you do not want to use warning or game tones, you can turn them off by scrolling to Off and pressing Select . ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any of the pr ofiles except Normal . Y ou may want to use your own n ame fo r one of t he prof iles. When you sel ect this profile, your name appears on the Start screen. 1 Press Menu-3 ( Profiles) . 2 Scroll to the desired profile and press Select . 3 Select Customize , scroll to Profile name and press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Note: Y ou cannot rename the Normal profile. Select and customize an accessory profile Note: Y ou must have an accessory (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory sett ings menu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (carkit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Settings > Accessory settings ).
[ 79 ] 9 2 Scroll to one of the following Accessory profiles and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HANDSFREE The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to enter the option â s submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Default profile - Choose the prof ile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected t o a carkit. ⢠Automa tic an swer - Call s are answered automatically after 1 ring when connected to a car kit. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠Lights - Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to sh ut off automatically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Automa tic and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HEADSE T The Default profile and Automatic answer options are your available choices. Please refer to â If you selected Handsf ree â for mor e information. IF YOU SELECTED LOOPSET The Default profile and Automatic answer options are available. Please refer to â If you selected Handsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is available: ⢠Use loopset - Enable use of the LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED TTY/TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Select to enter the option â s submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Use TTY - Enable the use of a TTY/TDD devi ce. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . ⢠Handsfree ⢠Headset ⢠Loopset ⢠TTY
9 [ 80 ] Note: If the loopset is enabled, you â ll be asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Press No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE Y our phone can store up to ten new ringing tones (sent from an Internet W eb site as an SMS or created using Nokia PC Suite). Play , save, or erase a ringing tone Once your phone receives a new ringing tone, the phone displays the message Ringing tone received . 1 Press Options , then choose Playback , Save , or Erase. 2 Press OK . If you chose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the ringing tone list available to you when you customize a profile (see â Customize a profile â on page 75). Use PC Composer Y ou can use Nokia PC Suite â s PC Composer to create new ringing tones and send them to your phone. For more information, please refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Receive ringing tones from Minibrowser Y ou may also receive ringing tones from the Internet while in a Minibrowser session. T o save your tone, follow the on-screen prompts. Please â Minibrowser â on page 129 for more information and availability of this service. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display information in different languages.
[ 8 1 ] 9 Y our possible choices ar e English, French, Spanish, P ortuguese, Chinese (traditional), Chinese (simplified), and Hebrew . Note: Some languages may vary due to regional differences. All these languages may not be availabl e in your phone. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settings > Phone settings > Language ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to u s e and press Select . ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y our phone contains a real-time clock that can be set two different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wireless system, or it can be set manually . The clock will display the current time and date on the Start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer . Please see â Displaying or hiding the clock â on page 82. â Note: Y our phone also has an alarm clock. See â Use the alarm clock â on page 1 12 for more infor mation. By default, the cl ock gets its in formati on from the wirel ess n et w or k . If y o u wish to override the network clock, do the followi ng: Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the time , t hen press Select . 3 Enter the current time, then press Select . For example, to enter 7:30, enter 0 730. 4 Scroll to am or pm , then press Select . Selecting time format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ).
9 [ 82 ] 2 Scroll to Time format , then press Se lec t . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , then press Select . Allowing the network to set the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-2 ( Settings > Time settings > Auto update of date & time ). 2 Scroll to On (or Co nfir m firs t ), then press Select . Important: If you use t he Auto update... option wh i le outside your digital network, you may be p rompted to enter yo ur o wn t ime manuall y ( see above ). N etwo rk ti me w il l rep la ce the time and date you set once you re-enter your digital n e twork. Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and you â re still outside of the digital network). Displaying or hiding the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setti ngs > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show clock is highlighted. 3 Press Select . ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE W ELCOME SCREEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch on your phone. The message can include your name or a reminder and can be up to 44 characters long.
[ 83 ] 9 Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4-2-3 ( Setti ngs > Phone settings > W elcome note ). 2 Enter the text of the startup message (using traditional text entry). 3 Press Options , then select Save . ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command feature provides handsfree operation of certain menu options and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voice â tag â for the commands you want to use (please read â Assign a voice tag to a phone number â on page 94 for detailed information on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice comman ds: Create a voice tag for a menu option Important: Please see â Important notes about voice tagsâ on page 94 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then pr ess Select . 3 Press Options , then select Add comman d . Option Description Profiles Used to switch between the available profiles ( Normal , Silent , Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager ) V oice mailbox Used to execute the command Call voice mailbox Infrared Used to enable your phone â s IR port V oice recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log menu
9 [ 84 ] 4 Press Start , then speak the voice tag clearly into the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag.The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Use a voice command W arning! Do not use voice command in an emergency situation. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. 1 At the Start screen, press and hold Names for one to two seconds. A t o n e is heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearly speak the voice tag that you recorded previously into the microphone. Y ou have two other options for initiating a voice command: ⢠Press and hold the volume down key for one to two seconds ⢠Pressing the headset button momentarily at the Start screen has the same effect as pressing Names for two seconds. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice t a g into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or erase an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then pr ess Select . 3 Press Options , scroll to either Playback , Change , or Erase , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , pre s s Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information.
[ 85 ] 10 1 0 Advanced features W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as conference calling, call waiting, and the use of calling cards for calls. Not all the features described here are available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y our phone allows you to use a number of features during a call. These features are known as in-call options . Note: Some in-call options are network services features. Please contact your service provider for information and availability . Y ou cannot use all these options at all times. This section tells you when you can use a cert ain option. 1 T o access an option during a call, press Options . 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Select : Option Description Mute/End mute Used to disable or enable the microphone. If mute has already been selecte d, End mute is displayed. These options affect any accessories connected to the phone (headset, car kit). New call Used to initiate a new call while in a call (call- waiting and three-way calling) End all calls Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three- way calling)
10 [ 86 ] ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you use call forwardin g , your network redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this feature helps to prevent the missing of important phone calls. Important: Call forwarding is a network-dependent f eature and may not work the same in all networks. Contact your service provider for availability and for your network â s feature codes. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y our network requires separate codes for act i vating and cancelling the various types of call forwarding. Y our carrier can provide you with the necessary feature codes for th ese network services. Once you store these feature codes in your phone, they are sent automatically to the network when you select one of the call forwarding options from your phone â s menu. Y our phone can store the following types of feature codes: T ouch tones Used to manually enter a t ouch tone stri ng (series of tones) or search for a string in your phone Names Used to view phone book. Press Back to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main menu Feature code type Description Forward all calls Forwards all incoming calls to the number you specify Option Description
[ 87 ] 10 Store a feature code 1 Press Menu 4- 6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Networ k feature setting ). The Feature code fie ld appears after a few se conds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provider gave you (example *90 for activating Forward if busy ), then press OK . 3 Press Select when Call forwarding is displayed. 4 Scroll to the type of forwarding that matches the feature code you entered (example: Forward i f busy ), then press Select . 5 Select Activate . The Activate feature code is now stored in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature code field. Continue entering other feature codes (example *900 to cancel Forwa rd if busy ), or press to return to the Start screen. Important: Once you en ter a network feature code successfully the feature becomes visible in the Netw ork services menu. Forward if busy Forward incoming calls when you âÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming calls to anoth e r number when you are unable to answer Forward if out of reach Forwards incoming calls to anoth e r number when you â re out of the network or when the phone is switched off Forward all data calls Forwards all incoming data calls to the number you specify Cancel all call forwarding Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set Feature code type Description
10 [ 88 ] Activate/cancel call forwarding After you store the correct feature codes, you can activate (or cancel) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network services > Call forwar ding ). 2 Scroll to the desired call forwarding option, then pr ess Select . 3 Highlight Activate and press Select . 4 Enter the number to which you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a n umber from the phone book). 5 Press OK . Y our phone calls the network to activate (or cancel) the featu r e you â ve requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the featu r e has been activated (or cancelled) successfully . ⢠USE CALL WAITING This network ser vice lets you receive an incoming call when you â re alr eady in a call. When you receive an incoming call, yo ur phone displays the caller â s phone number (or the caller â s entry in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. Answering a waiting call Press the key (or press Answer ) to automatically place the current active call on hold and answer the new call. Switch between the two calls Accepting the waiting call puts the your first caller on hold. T o put the second caller on hold and reconnect with t he first caller , press . End the active call T o end the active call, simply allow the other party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. OR:
[ 89 ] 10 1 Press to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials your phone with the cal l on hold. Answer this as you would any normal incoming call. ⢠MAKE A CONFERENCE CALL This feature allows you to talk to two people at the same time. Conference calling is a network-dependent feature. Note: Check with your service provider to make sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to the first participant as usual. When you â re ready to place a call to the n e xt party , 2 Press Options, then press New call. 3 Enter the number and press (or press Search to recall the number from the p hone book). 4 Press again to connect both parties. 5 T o end the call, press . This action disconnects both parties. End calls T o end a conference call (disconnect with all callers), press . Or you can also press Options , then select End all calls . Disconnect second party While all three pa rties are connected, press ing the key disconnects the second caller , keeping the first party â s call active. Disconnect first party If you wish to disconnect with the first party and remain connected to the second party , have the first party terminate the call on his/her end.
10 [ 90 ] ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WITH NEXT CALL This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be displayed on their caller ID). This feature may only be effective when calling a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if yo u are roaming. Important: This feature works on a call-by-call basis. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sending of your own number to the r ecipient â s caller ID. Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send own caller ID with next call feature, you must store the feature c od es for ac tivating this feature. Once th e code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from your phone â s menu. 1 Press Men u 4-6- 5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code fie ld appears after a few se conds. 2 Enter the feature code your service provider gave you (example *67 for activating Send own caller I D with next call ), then press OK . 3 Select No to assign the activation code. Place a call without sending your number 1 Press Me nu 4-6-4 ( Settings > Network services > Send own caller ID with next call ). 2 Scroll to No , then press Select . 3 Enter the desired phone number , then press OK (or press Search to recall a phone number from the phone book). The phone automatically inserts the feature code int o the dialing string and dials the phone number . The person you â re calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID.
[ 9 1 ] 10 ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able to place a call (example: due to the high volume of traffic on the wirel ess network). When the wireless network is busy or unavailable, Automatic redial instruct s your phone to retry the call. ACTIVAT E AUTOMATIC REDI AL 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Settings > Call set tings > Auto matic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If the system is busy , your phone makes three additional call attempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process before th e last attempt, press . Important: This feature does not automatically retry a nu mber when the number you are calling is busy . ⢠CALLING CARD If you wish to use a calling card for long distance calls, you must first save your calling card information into your phone. Y our phone is equipped to handle up to four calling cards. Saving calling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1-6 ( Settin gs > Call settings > Calling card ). 2 Enter your security code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to one of the four memory locations, then press Opt ions . 4 Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 5 Select Dialing seq uence . Scroll to one of the three sequence types as
10 [ 92 ] described in the following table, then press Select . 6 Enter the required information (access number or prefix and card number). Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card na me , then press Sel ect . Enter the card name, then press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all calling cards. Please look at the back of your call ing card or contact your long distance company for more information. Choosing a calling card to use Use Men u 4-1-6 ( Settings > Call setti ngs > Calling card ) to select a calling card to use. Y ou will be required t o enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling card information in your phone, you can make a call using your calling card. Dialing sequence Use for cards that require you to: Cards using this sequence Access number phone number card number Dial 1-800 access number , then phone number , then card number ( PIN if required) MCI, AT & T T rue Choice, Sprint Canada, Unitel Access number card number phone number Dial 1-800 access number , then card number ( PIN if required), then phone number networkMCI, WorldPhone MCI, AT & T Prefix phone number card number Dial the prefix (any numbers that must pr ecede the phone number) and phone number you wa n t t o d ia l , t he n ca rd n um be r ( PIN if required) V erizon, P acBell, AT & T, S t e n t o r
[ 93 ] 10 1 Enter the phone number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Card call . 3 Y our phone displays W ait for tone, then press OK . When you hear the tone or system messa ge, press OK . 4 Y our phone displays W ait for tone, press OK again . When you hear the tone or system messa ge, press OK . ⢠V OIC E DIALIN G Y ou can dial up to 25 of your phone book â s stored numbers using the voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, you must first as sign a voice "tag" to the number . Before using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language dependent. They are dependent on the speake r's voice. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record them and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When recording a voice t a g or making a call by saying a voice tag, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar names for different numbers. Important: Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. This may be difficult in, for example, a noisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances.
10 [ 94 ] Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou must record a voice "tag" (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENTRY 1 At the Start screen, press or . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag an d pr ess Options . 3 Scroll to Add voice ta g and press Select . (The phone displays Press Start, then speak afte r the tone ). 4 Press Start and after the tone, speak the voice t ag clearly into the phone â s microphone. Note: Y our phone informs you if recording is not successful. P r e s s OK to try again or Back to return to ph o ne book. The message V o ice tag saved is display ed upon co mpleti on of th e record ing process. The icon next to a phone number denotes that a voice tag exists for this number . IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT VOICE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to backgr ound noise. Record tags or use voice dialing in a quiet environment. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more accurately . Consider using first and last name or first name, last name, and number type (e.g. mobile, home, work, etc.) when tagging a nu mb er . For example, "John Smith, work." ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is full, the phone displays Erase an existin g voice tag? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to erase, then press Erase . ⢠Deleting a phone number erases any associated voice tags.
[ 95 ] 10 W arning! Do not use a voice tag for dialing emergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. Dialing a number using voice dialing Note: You must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. 1 At the Start screen, press and hold Names for two seconds. A t o n e i s heard and Please speak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, clearly speak the voice tag that you recorded previously into the microphone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displ ayed, and you are returned t o t h e S t a r t screen. 3 When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book entry will be displayed on the screen for three seconds AND ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via the ear piece). After three seconds, the number is dialed. Y ou have two other options for initiating voice dialing: ⢠Press and hold the volume down key for one to two seconds ⢠Pressing the headset button momentarily at the Start screen has the same effect as pressing Names for two seconds. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice t a g into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W ork with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or erase an existing tag.
10 [ 96 ] 1 At the Start screen, press Names . Scr oll to Vo i c e t a g s , then press Select . Note: This option displays a li st of only those names/numbers that have been assigned a voice tag. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, then press Options . 3 Scroll to either Pla ybac k , Change , or Erase , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , pre s s Start to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING When a phone number is assigned to one of the 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the p hone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the number key t hat corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press . ⢠Press and hold the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call is initiated. is pre-assigned to dial your voice mailbox number and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-touch dialing If you want to assign a nu mber to one of the number keys (2-9), do the following: 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-tou ch dia ling and press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 through 9 ), and press Assign . Note: If a phone number is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the left selection key is Options .
[ 97 ] 10 4 Enter the phone number manuall y , or press Search to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired name or entry from the phone book. If more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired number and press Select . 1-touch dialing options Y ou can change or erase (clear) numbers assigned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key f rom the 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-tou ch dia ling and press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , then press Options . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Erase , then press Select . ⢠LEARN ABOUT CALLER GROUPS Y ou can â groupâ phone book entries using one of the existing categories ( Fa mily , VIP , Friends , Business , and Other ). Each group has it â s own unique ringing tone and logo. When you receive a call from a number assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and the caller group â s logo is displayed on the screen. This feature can help you identify incoming calls more quickly . ADD A NUMBER TO A CALLER GROUP 1 At the Start screen, press or . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to use and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Caller groups , and press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), and press Assign .
10 [ 98 ] SELECT A RINGING TONE AND GRAPHIC FOR A CALLE R GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller groups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the caller groups and press Opti ons . 4 Scroll to one of the following options and press Select : Note: If you s elect Send graphic , enter the recipient â s ph one number (or recall it from phone book) and press OK . Important: Y ou can also receive graphics via SMS. Once you receive a new graphic, scroll to View graphic or Save graphic and press OK . If you selected Save graphic , select the desired caller group for the new graphic and press OK . ⢠USE T OUCH TONES T ouch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) ar e those tones produced when you press the keys on your phone â s keypad. Y ou can use touch tones for many automated dial-up services such as banking and airlines, or for entering your voice mailbox number and password. Option Description Rename group Used to rename the selected caller group Group ringing tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing tones, then press OK Group graphic Used to select the graphic to be displayed with group ringing tone. Select On , Off , View , or Send graphic (sent via SMS). Members Used to assign other phone book entries to the selected caller group
[ 99 ] 10 T ouch tones are sent during an act ive call. Y ou can send them manually from your phone â s keypad, or send them automatically by saving them in your phone. W arning : If you send touch tones whil e in analog mode, be careful not to send confidential information. Check your phone â s display for the icon, indicating the presence of a d igital network Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need to customize how your phone sends the touch tones for optimum performance with the system you â re call ing. SET TOUCH TONE T YPE 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-1 ( Settings > Phone set tings > T ouch tones > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, then press Select : SET FIXED TOUCH TONE LENGTH Y ou can also specify touch tone length when using the Fixe d opt ion. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( Settings > Phone sett ings > To uch tones > T ouch tone length ). 2 Scroll to Short ( 0 . 1 s e c o n d s ) o r Long (0.5 s econds), then press Select . Send touch tone string manually Before you begin, ma k e s u r e t h a t Manual touch tones is not set to Off . Option Description Continuous T one sounds for as long as you press and hold a key Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the T ouch tone length option. Off Used to turn off tones. No t ones are sent when you press a key .
10 [ 1 00 ] 1 During a call to the automated service, press Options , scroll to To u c h tones and press Select . 2 Enter the touch tone st ring from your phone â s keypad as required by the service you â re calling, then press To ne s . Send touch tone string from phone book Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , then recall and send the string using the in-call menu option T ouch tones . SAVE TOUCH TONES AS A PHONE BOOK ENTRY Save the touch tone string (including any pause or wai t characters that may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving names and number to your phone book, see â Saving names and numbers â on page 44. RECALL TOUCH TONE STRING FROM T HE PHONE BOOK 1 During a call to the automated service, press Options , scroll to To u c h tones and press Select . 2 Press Search , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone bo ok, then press OK . 3 Press To n e s to send the touch tones. Store touch tone string with phone number Y ou can store touch tone strings (for example: voice mailbox number and PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, it is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones from the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the key to enter a w or p after t he number . ⢠w (wait) - The phone waits for you to press Send . When you press Send , the phone sends the touc h tone string you â ve saved. ⢠p (pause) - The phone pauses f or 2.5 seconds, then automatically sends the touch tone string you â ve saved.
[ 1 0 1 ] 10 3 Enter the touch tone string after the w or p characters as req uired by the service. Example: 214-555-1234w1234#p5678# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored with the phone number , you can now call the number and have the touch tone strings sent automatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES This feature allows you to store a phone number in one phone book location and link it to another phone book entry . For example, linking the phone number of an automated service (example: automated banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: account and PIN numbers) automatically recalls and sends the touch tone string when y ou call the service. USE LINKING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string into your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the touch ton e s to a one-touch dialing location (example: location 3). For more information on 1- touch dialing, see â 1-touch dialingâ on page 96. 3 Edit the automated service â s phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-tou ch dialing location). Example: 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated service â s number from you r phone book. Y our phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call connects. Important: Y ou may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1234p 3 ).
10 [ 1 0 2 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RECORDER Recorder allows you record audio â memos â and store them in your phone. Use this feature to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. T otal time available for all memos is three minutes (up to 180 seconds). Maximum length of a single message is up to 60 seconds. The maximum number and length of remaining memos depends on how much memory is still available. A count-down timer is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Record a memo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Record ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your memo. 3 When you fini sh recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice memo, then press OK . NOTES ⢠Pressing Back instead of entering a subject discards the memo without saving. ⢠Pressing OK without entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to the memo. W ork with recorded memos T o view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, then press Options .
[ 1 03 ] 10 The following options are available: Notes about voice recorder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playback. W hen call is complete, the phone returns to the Options menu for the selected voice memo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo recording. The r ecorded memo is automatically saved with the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers from the keypad during memo playback (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing interrupts voice memo playback and places the call. Option D e scription Playback Plays back the selected message through the earpiece (phone or headset). Edit title Used to edit the memo â s subject, or to rename memo. Erase Erases selected voice memo. Add alarm/ Alarm Used to add (edit, or remove) a reminder alarm for the memo.
11 [ 1 04 ] 1 1 Security and System settings Y our p hone has a variety of security features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or unintentional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. W arning! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LOCK KEYPAD (KEYGUARD) With keypad lock (Keyguard) you can temporarily lock your phone â s keyp ad and prevent the accidental placing of calls or pressing of the keypad (for example, when the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). Activate/deactivate K eyguard Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to act ivate K eyguard . Important: appears at the top of the display . The left softkey is also labeled Unlock . UNLOCK KEYPAD Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to deactivate K eyguard and unlock your phone â s keypad. It is possible to answer a call, even though Keyguard is activated. Press to answer the call. When the call has ended, the keypad remains locked.
[ 1 05 ] 11 Important: When the phon e is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠SECURITY CODE Y our ph one prompts yo u for a five-digit secu rity code for certain features an d co mm an ds. Access is granted only after the correct security code has been entered successfully . Y our phone â s default security code is 12345 . It â s highly recommended that you change this code at once, write it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Important: When ente ring your security code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code. Correct entry errors Y ou can erase the last entered digit by pr e ss in g Cle ar (or by pressin g and hold ing Clear to delete all th e digits more quickl y). E nt e r t h e c o r r e c t c o d e o r press Back to exit. If you enter an incorrect secu rity code ( Code er ror will appear) five times in a row , your phone won â t accept any entries for the next five minutes. Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2-4 ( S ettings > Security settings > Access codes > Change security code ) and press Select . 2 Enter existing (or default) security code and press OK . 3 Enter new five-digit security code and press OK . 4 Reenter your new five-digit security code for verification, then press OK . Y our phone displays the confi rmation message Security code changed .
11 [ 1 06 ] Important: If you change your security code and don â t remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change your security code, the default code is no longer valid . ⢠PHONE LOCK This feature protects your phone from unauthorized outgoing calls or unauthorized access to information stored in the phone. When phone lock is activated, Phone locked is displayed each time you turn your phone on or off. After pressing either Names or Menu , you must enter your lock code. Once your lock code has been accepted, your phone will function normally . Important: Call not allowed is displayed if you attempt to place a call while phone is locked. Important: When the phon e is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Learn about the lock code In addition to a security code, your phone also has a lock code . Y ou â ll need the lock code to act i vate and deactivate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock code five times in a row , your phone will prompt you for the security code (see page 1 05). CHANGE YOUR LOCK CO DE 1 Enter Menu 4-5- 2-3 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Change lock code ) and press Select .
[ 1 0 7 ] 11 2 Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3 Enter new lock code and press OK . 4 Reenter new lock code for verification, then press OK . Important: When you change your lock code, make sure you store it in a safe place, away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency numbers to prevent accidental emergency calls. Activating and deactivating phone lock 1 Press Menu 4-5- 2-1 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Phone lock ). 2 Enter the lock code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to On or Off , then press Select . 4 T urn your phone off and back on to complete the phone lock activation (or deactivation). Answer a call with phone lock on Press or Answ er . Allowed number when phone locked When pho n e lock is on, th e only outgoing calls that can b e made are to the follow ing numb ers: ⢠The emergency number programmed into your phone (for example: 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The number stored in the Allowed number when phone locked location. Store the unlocked phone number 1 Press Menu 4-5- 2-2 ( Settings > Se curity settings > Access codes > Allowed number when phon e locked ). 2 Enter lock code and press OK .
11 [ 1 08 ] 3 Enter phone number (or press Search and recall the number from the phone book), then press Select . Calling the allowed phone number At the Start screen, press or . The number is displayed. Press to place the call. Important: Y our phone must be locked vi a the phone lock to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Y ou can restrict all calls, or create a custom list of numbers or area codes to restrict. Learn about restriction options When you select either Restrict ou tgoing calls or Restrict incomi ng calls from the Security settin gs options, your options are: ⢠Select - Used to display a list of all available restricted numbers. Select those numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restriction - Used to create your own list of restricted numbers Once you have added at least o ne restriction to either the outgoing or incoming calls list, the following options become visible: ⢠Edit - Used to edit an existing outgoing call restriction ⢠Erase - Used to erase call restrictions from the list Important: When calls are restricted, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number).
[ 1 09 ] 11 Adding a call restrictions Y ou can add up to ten restrictions for outgoing calls. The maximum number of characters you can enter for each restriction is 15. 1 Press Menu 4- 5-1 ( Settings > Security settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict incomi ng calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14, enter 2 14. 6 Enter a name to identify this restriction, or just press OK . Note: When creating a new restriction, that r estriction is automatically selected (enabled) at the time it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setti ngs > Security settings > Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Re strict incoming c a lls and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to Select and press Select . 5 Scroll to each restriction you wish to use and press Mark ; press Unmark to deactivate existing restrictions. 6 Press Done , then press Ye s to save the changes you â ve made. Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the name or number of an entry in the call restrictions list.
11 [ 1 1 0 ] 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Setti ngs > Security settings > Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, then press Select . Note: If no name has been entered for a restriction, the restricted number will be displayed. 6 Edit the number (as needed), then press OK . 7 Edit name (as needed), then press OK . Erasing call restrictions Y ou may want to delete a restriction that is no lo nger needed. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setti ngs - Security settings - Restrict calls ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict outgoing calls or Restrict in coming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to erase, then press OK . 6 Press OK again to er ase restriction. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y our phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your service pr ovider . Use Menu 4-1-4 ( Settings > Call settings > Automat ic update of service ) to turn this feature on or off.
[ 1 1 1 ] 11 ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SELECTION The System menu (Menu 5) all ows you to customize the way your phone chooses a system in which to operate while you are within o r outside of your primary or home system. Y our phone is set to automatically search for the most cost-effective system. If your phone can â t find a preferred system, it selects a system based on the option you choose in the System menu. Important: Before selecting an item in the System menu, contact your service provider to find out how your selection will affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service provider â s network. Their network determines which options actually appear in the phone â s menu. The following is a description of the options that may appear in your phone: Option D escription Home only Y ou can make and receive cal ls in your home area only . While roaming, No Service appears and you cannot make or receive calls. Automatic Y our phone automatically selects the best available system .
12 [ 1 12 ] 12 Organizer Y our phone has a calendar , to-do list, alarm clock, stopwatch, and contact database â everything you need in an organizer or personal digital assistant. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use all of the Organizer features. Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y our phone â s alarm clock can be set to sound an alarm at a time you specify . The alarm clock uses the clock âÂÂs time format (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displayed on the Start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock will work, regardless if the phone is on or off. Important: The alarm clock works in conjunction with your phone â s clock. Make sure your phon e â s time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 1 0-1 ( Organizer > Alarm clock ), then press Selec t . 2 Enter the alarm time, then press OK . 3 Select am or pm , then press OK. Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an aler t tone, displays an animated message, and f lashes it â s lights. Pressing Stop or the key stops the alarm from sounding, and returns you to the Start screen .
[ 1 13 ] 12 SNOOZING There are several ways you can enable the Sno oze feature: 1 Press the Snooze selection key . 2 Press any key (except ) . 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will sou nd again in ten minutes. Alarm when phone power is off If the alarm time is reached while the phone is switched off, the phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press Sto p , the phone asks whether you want to activate the phone for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. W arning! Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Alarm clock notes ⢠The alarm clockâ s volume is determined by the p honeâ s current volume and tone settings. ⢠If you have selected the Sil ent or Beep once ringing tone, the alarm clock beeps once. ⢠CALENDAR Y ou can use your phone â s calendar to record "notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone calls, birthdays, or general reminders. Alarms can also be set to notify you of your appointments or notes. Y ou can also use Nokia PC Sync to synchronize your PIM application â s calendar with your phone â s calendar , keeping you up-to-date when you â re away from you office or PC.
12 [ 1 14 ] Calendar Options menu The calendar â s Options menu displays a list of calendar options: View day , Make a note , Go to date , and the calendar â s Settings menu. Learn about Calendar views W EEK LIST From the Organizer m e nu, scroll to Calendar , and press Select . Use the week list to view your calendar four weeks at a glance . When you view the calendar , notice that today â s date is highlighted. Use the or key to move to a dif ferent date. Tip: Y ou phone supports fou r-way scrol ling in the calendar week list: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll righ t ⢠Use to Sel ect your choice Day view From the week list, scroll to the d esired day . Pr ess Options , then select Vie w day . The day view allows you to scroll through the notes made for the selected day . The Options list for day view includes: ⢠View the highlighted note. ⢠Erase , Edit , Move, or Repeat the highlighted note (every day , every week, biwee kly or every year) .
[ 1 15 ] 12 ⢠Make a note - used to create a new note for the select ed day ⢠Go to date - used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the note t o another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the current note (via IR, or via SMS. Please check for available in your network). ⢠Settings - allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format for the calendar . The Auto era se sett i ng allows you to delete old notes after a specified pe rio d of ti me. Ho wever , re pea t no tes (for ex ampl e, bir th day or an nive rsar y notes) will not be deleted. NOTE VIEW From the day view , scroll to the desired note. Press Options , scroll to View and press Select . The details of the selected note are displayed. The Options list for note view include: ⢠Erase , Edit , Move , or Repeat the current note (every day , every week, biw eekly or every year). ⢠Make a note - used to create a new note for the selected day ⢠Go to date is used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the note t o another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message. Please check for available in your network ) . ⢠Settings - allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format for the calendar . The Auto era se sett i ng allows you to delete old notes after a specified pe rio d of ti me. Ho wever , re pea t no tes (for ex ampl e, bir th day or an nive rsar y notes) will not be deleted. Add a calendar note Note: Predictive text input is available for Calendar notes.
12 [ 1 16 ] 1 From the day list view , scroll to the desired day and press Opt ions . 2 Select Make a note . 3 Scroll to one of the following note types and press the roller: ⢠Meeting - Enter the note (or press Search to recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press Options . ⢠Call - Enter the desired phone number (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday - Enter the personâ s name (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Options then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo - Enter the note. Press Options then Save . Enter a date for the memo, then press OK . 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, then press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALAR M SOUNDS FOR A NOTE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. When a Ca ll note is displayed, you can call the number by pressing . T o stop the al arm, press Exit or . ⢠USE THE TO-DO LIST Use this feat ure to create a list of tasks or â to- do â sâ that you can prioritize. The predictive text input feature is available in the to-do list, so adding or editing to-do list notes should go more quickly . ADD A TASK 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to T o-do list and press Select . 2 Press Options , then select Add .
[ 1 17 ] 12 3 Enter the subject of the to-do note, th en press Options . 4 Select Save , then select the desired priority ( 1 , 2 or 3 ), Y ou can change the priority later using the Options menu. View task details 1 From the to-do list, scroll to an item and press Options . 2 Select View to view the note â s details. W ork with a to-do note While viewing a to-do note âÂÂs details, press Options . From the Options menu you can add, erase or edit the note. There are also options for: ⢠Changing the noteâ s priority ⢠Saving the to-do note to the calendar as a calendar note. ⢠Sort the list by priority (using Go to prio rity option). Just follow the instructions as the phone guides you through the option you select. ⢠CALCULATOR Y ou can use your phone â s calculator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers and convert currencies. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the calculator 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Ca lculator , and press Select . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press for decimal point).
12 [ 1 18 ] 3 To add, pre ss once ( appears); to subtract, press twice ( - ); to multiply , press three times ( * ); to divide, press four times ( / ). 4 Y ou can also press Options , scroll to Add , Subtract , Multiply , Divide , Square , or Square root , and press Select . 5 Enter the second number . Repeat steps three and f our as many times as necessary . Note: A subtotal is shown after you enter the next operant ( , -, *, or /). 6 For a total, press Options twice. 7 T o star t a new calculation, press and hold Clear for two seconds. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and rounding errors may occur , especially in long divisions. Use calculator for currency conversion SETTING THE EXCHANGE RATE 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Ca lculator , and press Select . 2 Press Options . Select Exchange rate . 3 Scroll to How many visited units to a home unit or How ma ny ho me units to a visited unit (depending on how you wish to convert the currency), and press Select . 4 Enter the appropriate exchange rate and press OK (use the key for decimals). Exchange rate is displayed. CURRENCY CONVERSION 1 Once you have set the exchange rate, enter th e amount to be converted (use to enter a decimal point). 2 Press Options . Select either To h o m e or To f o r e i g n . The phone displays the converted amount.
[ 1 19 ] 12 Tip: If you chose Foreign units converted to home units while saving the exchange rate, the Home units converted to fo reign units option is automat ically calculated and saved (or vice versa). ⢠STOPWATCH Y ou can use your phone â s Stopwatch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. The event â s time can be sa ved, viewed, or erased. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Important: Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone's operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone. Time an event using split timing The split time function allows you to measure the total time for an event, yet allows you to capture the elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwat ch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Split timing, then press Select. 3 Press Start. The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, your can: ⢠Press Split. The split time is displayed and the timer continues to display elapsed time. ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times.
12 [ 120 ] View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (using lap or split), you have the option to save the information, reset th e stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , then press Options . Select one of the following: ⢠Save - used to save the current timing data. Enter a name, then press OK . ⢠Reset - clears the current timing data and resets the t i mer . ⢠Start -restarts the split timer from the point the timer was stopped. Time an event using lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. T o measure lap time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwatch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Lap timing, then press Select. 3 Press Start. The running time appears on the display . Once the lap timer has started, your can: ⢠Press Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap. The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from zero . If you continue pressing Lap , the most recent lap time appears at the top of the list of lap times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The fi nal lap â s time is displayed.
[ 12 1 ] 12 Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can choose the f ollowing options from the Stopwatch menu. Note: If you receive a call while using the Stopwatch, the timer continues running in the background. After ending the c a ll, you can re-display the timer by doing the following: 1 Press Menu 1 0-5-1 ( Organizer > Stopwatch > Continu e ). 2 Press Select . Option Description Continue Used to re-display active timer (example: if you receive a call while the timer is still running). Show last time Allows you to view the l ast measured time. View times Allows you to view the list of saved times. Erase times Allows you to delete the saved times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once.
13 [ 122 ] 13. Games Y ou can use your phone not only for communication but also for some serious fun. Y our phone offers you four games from which t o choose. ⢠In Snake II , you are to feed the snake with as many goodi es as possible. The longer the snake â s tail grows, the h i gher your score is. ⢠In P ass â n Rush , play the role of head coach. Select the plays for your team and watch the action unfold. Choose from a quick match, full game, or scenario. ⢠In Space Impact , you must destroy the falling asteroids before they destroy you. ⢠In Bumper , you can play an exciting game of pinball. Increase your score by keeping the ball on the table using the flippers. ⢠In Racket , you will play the traditional game of tennis. Use the scroll keys to control the racket. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Game control Y ou phone supports four-way scrolli ng while playing the games: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll righ t Start a new game 1 Press Menu 6-1 ( Games > Sel e ct game ), scroll to the desired game and press Select .
[ 123 ] 13 2 Select New game or 1-pla yer and press Select . LEARN ABOUT GAME OPTIONS Use the option Instructions to learn how to p lay the game. With the option Level you can choose the difficulty level of the game. In Snake II you can pause the game by pressing either selection key and resume a paused game with Continue option. Use T op score (available in some games) to check the high score in your phone. USE 2-PLAYER OPTION Y ou can play Sn ake I I and Pa s s â n Rush with another Nokia phone user via infrared. 1 Both users need to align the infrared ports of their phones. 2 Both players need to simultaneously select the 2-player option from the selected game â s options menu. Game settings The following settings are available for all games: Y ou may also be able to play online games using the Minibrowser . Option Description Game sounds Used to turn game sound effects On or Off . Game lights Used to turn screen lights On or Off during game play only . Shakes Used to turn game vib rating effects On or Off .
14 [ 124 ] 14 Y our phone and other devices Y our phone is capable if interacting with, or connecting to a variety of devices using IR (infrared) or the DLR-3P serial cable. Y our phone can exchange information with other phones, desktop and laptop PCs, and handheld devices. Y our phone can also function as a wireless modem when connected to PCs and handh eld devices. W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠IR BASICS Y our pho ne can send and receive certain types of d a t a b y w ay o f t h e phone â s I R p o r t . Transmission and reception must be to or from a n I n f r a r e d Data Association (IrDA) compatible phone or device. Y our Nokia phone is a Class 1 Laser Product. Important: T he preferable distance between two devices in an IR c on n ec t io n is fr om three inches to three feet. Th ere must be no obstructions between the two devices and both IR ports must be pointed at each other . Enable IR communications Before you can receive information (business cards, calendar or to-do list notes) or make an IR connection to a PC or handheld device: 1 Make sure that the IR ports of the two devices are point ing at each other . 2 Press Menu 9-1 ( Mobile link > Infrared ), then press Select. The message IR reception act i vated is displayed, and the IR icon appears on the Start screen.
[ 125 ] 14 3 Have the user of the sending device select the desired IR function to start data transfer . If data transfer does not start within two minutes, the connection is cancelled. Y ou must activate IR communications on your phone again. Check the status of an IR connection The status of an IR connection is shown by the IR icon . ⢠When appears steady , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. ⢠When doesn â t appear , no IR connection exist s . ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or the connection has been lost. Send and receive information using IR Y ou can send and receive phone book entries as â busine ss cards â (v .card 2.1 format) using IR between compatible phones, between your phone and a compatible PC running the appropriate softwar e, or between other compatible IR-equipped handheld devices. Send a business card to another device First, make sure the other phone or device is set to receive data via i ts IR port. Refer to t he user gu ide for the receiving device for m ore informatio n o n setting up IR communications and receiving dat a over IR. 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by IR. 2 Press Details , then p ress Options. 3 Scroll to Send bus. card and pr ess Select . 4 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 5 Scroll to Via infrared , then press Selec t . The message Sending business card appears on the screen.
14 [ 126 ] Tip: Selecting Via inf rared automatically enables IR communications. Note: If you have more than one number or text information to send, choose Send default no. or Send all details , then press Select . Send calendar notes Y o u can send and receive cale ndar notes using the same basic procedur es as those found in the section â Send a business card to another device â on page 125. SEND A CALENDAR NOTE TO ANOTHER DEVICE From the selected calendar day â s day list: 1 Scroll to the note you wish to send and press Options . 2 Scroll to Send note , then press Select . 3 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 4 Scroll to Via infrared and press Sel ect to start data transfer . Receive business cards or calendar notes from other devices Y ou can receive business cards and calendar notes from another compatible phone or handheld device. Before the user of the other phone or devices sends you a card: 1 Align the IR ports of the two devices. 2 Press Menu 9-1 ( Mobile link > Infrared ), then press Select. 3 When y ou see the messag e Business card received , press Show . 4 Press Options to select Save or Discard , and press Selec t . ⢠If you press Save , you see the confirmation message Business card saved . ⢠If you press Discard , you see the question Discard business card? . Press OK to discard the information.
[ 127 ] 14 ⢠PC CONNECTIVITY - CABLE AND IR Y ou can make a serial connection between your Nokia phone and compatible PC using the DLR-3P (RS-232) serial cable. This cable is available for purchase as an accessory , or may be included in your sales package. Y ou can also make a serial connection between your phone and an IR- equipped laptop or IR-equipped desktop PC using your phone â s IR por t. Once your phone and PC are connected, you can access your phone â s information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Important: Digital data/fax services (including IS95, IS20 00 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent features and may require a subscription to these services. Please check with your service provider for the availability of digital data/fax services. Nokia PC Suite ⢠Once your phone is connected to your PC, you can use the various components of Nokia PC Suite to: ⢠make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content Copier). ⢠edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings via your PC's keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠create new ringing tones and transfer them to your phone (PC Composer). ⢠create new caller group icons or picture for use with picture messaging (PC Editor). ⢠synchron ize your p hone bo ok and r eminders with P erso nal Info rmation Ma nag er ( PIM) ap plic ati ons such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync). Please refer t o the do cument Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide for installation an d setup instru ctions.
14 [ 128 ] Modem setup Y o u can use your Nokia phone as a wireless modem with your laptop computer or ha ndhe ld devi ce, giving you access to the Internet (for e-mail and W eb browsing) or corp orate n e t w or k s w he r e v er y o u a r e . For more information on modem setup for PCs and handheld devices, please refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Download software PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user guide, and all rel ated software is provided to yo u free of charge. These items can be downloaded from the US mobile phone products section of: http://www .nokia.com
[ 129 ] 15 15 Minibrowser Important: This feature is available only if your service provider â s network supports wireless internet access. Y our service provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact your service provider . The Minibro wser fe atur e allo ws yo u to a ccess special Internet content designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can use your phone â s minibrowser to view news, get weather reports, ch eck flight times, access financial information, download new ringing tones or graphics, etc. The browser â s menu allows you to save addresses of Web sites as bookmarks, so you can return to your favorite si tes quickly and easily . W arning! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠UNDERSTAND BROWSING SESSIONS AND INDICATORS When you launch th e minibrowser , two icons appear o n t he s c re e n : - Minibrowser icon (you are in a minib rowser session) - Active call icon (you are being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects you from the ne tw or k after a period of inactivity . This is normal and is designed to minimize your bill. Y ou m a y find, ho wever , that you are bi lled fo r sev eral net work c o n n e c t i o n s w i t h i n a single sessi on. When the minibrowser disconnects f rom the network, only the browser icon remains. While b rowsing, you can still access pages stored in memory without being connected to the Internet.
15 [ 130 ] However , if you navigate to a page that is not stored in memory , a new connection is established and you â ll be billed accordingly . ⢠LAUNCHING THE MINIBROWSER The first time you launch the minibrowser , you go through a security setup process that takes three to five minutes (follow the on-screen prompts). 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , then press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you may be billed for the connection time. (Y ou can disable this message. See â Disable minibrowser confirmations â on page 135.) 2 Press Ye s . After a few second s, the Home Pa g e appears. (Y our menu may vary according to your service provider .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the key from the Start screen. END A BROWSING SESS ION T o end a minibr owser session, press and hold the key . ⢠MINIBROWSER MENU While browsing, press and release the key to display the minibrowser menu: Option Description Reload Reloads information for current page Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks you â ve save d. Home P age 1 News 2 Y ahoo 3 W eather 4 Finance
[ 13 1 ] 15 ABOUT WEB PAGE CO NTENT The following items may appear on web pages: ⢠Menu choices (may appear as a numbered list). ⢠Hyperlinks (appear as underlined text ). ⢠Input fields (for text o r numbers) - appear as [...] . ⢠Standard text (for reading only-no action required). ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE M INIBROWSER SCROLL THROUGH TH E MENUS AND CONTENTS OF A PAGE Press or to scroll through menus or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one screen). T o scroll more quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. V ersion Displays information about the minibrowser â s software version and developers Advanced Displays a several advanced browser options. Download tones Used to view or access ringing tones you â ve downloaded Exit Minibrowser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. Option Description
15 [ 132 ] Important: Unlike other menus in the phone, there is no â circular scrolling â in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, when you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of the list to begin scrolling again. GO BACK (PREVIOUS PAGE) T o go back to a previous page, press . GO TO THE HOME P AG E ⢠Press repeatedly to move back through previously viewed pages until the Home P age appears. OR, ⢠Press to display the minibrowser menu, scroll to Home , then press OK . SELECT OR OPEN AN ITEM (FOR EXAMPLE, A LINK) ⢠Press the appr opriate number key on your phoneâ s keypad (if the item on the page is numbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, then press the appropriate selection key (for example, to select or open a link). SELECTION KEYS T o navigate to diff erent screens or select special functions, use the select ion keys. The function of each selection key can ch ange with each page and depends on each highlighted item. (Left selection key) - Usually selects the highlighted item, but its function may change depending on what you are doing. (Right selection key) - Usually selects a secondary option or displays a menu of secondary options. ⢠LINKS Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. Depending on its type, when activated, a link will:
[ 133 ] 15 ⢠T ake you to another page or site ⢠Make a phone call (Some sites support this feature). When you make the call, the browser connection terminates and the page you were viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, the page you were viewing is displayed again and you can continue br owsing. ACTIVATE/S ELECT A LINK 1 Scroll to highlight the desired link. 2 Press the appropriate selection key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also press to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a page so that you can quickl y return to that page later . (Y ou may also be able to create bookmarks via your personal account at your service provider â s web site .) BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the key to access the minibrowser menu. 3 Scroll to Bookmark page , then press Select . (A message may appear asking you to confirm this action.) GO TO A BOOKMARKED PAGE 1 From the Home P age , scro ll to Bookmarks , then press OK . A li st of your bookmarks appears. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, then press Select . Tip: The first ten bookmarks are assigned to keys - . Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarked site at any time during a browser session.
15 [ 134 ] ⢠RECEIVE MESSAGES VIA THE MINIBROWSER Depending on your service provider , you may be able to receive text mes sag es via the minibro wser . Unlike SMS text messages, minibr owser messages are not stored in the p hone and must be accessed via th e minibro wser â s homepage. Notification of new minibrowser messages When a new minibrowser message is received, the icon appear s in the status bar . Depending on the message priority , you may also hear an alert tone and/or see New message from: displayed on your screen. ⢠If you receive the message while browsing, press View to read the message or Skip , allowing you to view the message later . ⢠If you receive the message while phon e is idle, press Connect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the Start screen. Y ou can use the Minibrowser messages menu ( Me nu 0 1 - 4 ) to read your messages at a l ate time. W eb links in minibrowser messages Y ou can receive minibrowser messages containing W eb links. If you receive a message containing a link, select Use Web link from the message â s Options menu to open the link and go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Select i ng Use W eb link from the message â s Options menu launches the minibrowser and takes you to the link â s W eb si te. ⢠END THE MINIBROWSER SESSION ⢠Press and hold . OR, ⢠Press , scroll to Exit Minibrowser , then press OK .
[ 135 ] 15 ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CONFIRMATIONS Y ou can spec ify whethe r or not you wan t your phone to display messag es when you b egin or end a browser session. T o modify minibrowser co nfirmations settings 1 Press Menu 4-1-5 ( Settings > Call set tings > Mini browser conf irma tio n ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option, then press OK . Tip: T o prevent unintentional exiting of the minibrowser session, select either the Both or On exit options. This en sures that a confirmation message appears before exiting. If you press and hold , the minibrowser session ends without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Option D escription Both Confirmation required bef ore connecting to the Internet, and before you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to confirm your awareness to possible charges incurred for Internet access. On exit Phone asks you to confirm your wish to end browsing.
16 [ 136 ] 16 Reference information ⢠USE ACCESSORIES SAFELY This section provides information about the phone â s batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the batteries, chargers, and accessories change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with power from an ACP-7U, an ACP-8U, LCH-8 or an LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. W arning: When you purchase batteries, charger s, and ac cess ori es for your phone, use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have received approval from Nokia. The use of any other type of phone-related hardware may invalidate any approval or warr anty applying to the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, chargers, and accessories, check with your service provider . Note: For information on how to charge and recharge your ba tte ry , please see â Charge the battery â on page 14. When the battery is fully charged, the indicator will tell you that the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a charger , disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery will discharge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm up before trying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sounds and the Battery low message appears briefly . When no more talk time is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself off.
[ 137 ] 16 Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the b attery . Always try to keep the battery betw een 59 ð F and 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25 ð C). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is particularly limited in temperatures below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! W arning! Use only your hands to remove the battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any object s that may damage th e phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in the section â For your safetyâ on page 1. T raffic Safety Do not use a wireless telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on t h e passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regulat ions in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use i t, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone.
16 [ 138 ] P ACEMAKERS P a cemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of at least 6 inches (approxi mately 20 cm) b e maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless T echnology Research. P e rsons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. HEARIN G AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care f acilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF ene rgy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles (for example, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, electronic
[ 139 ] 16 speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in property and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are i n progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or accessories.
16 [ 140 ] For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperl y installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones i n an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these i nstructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both. Emergency calls Important: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wireless, and landline networks as well as user- programmed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essen tial communications (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. 2 Press as many times as needed (f or example, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready th e phone for call s. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1 or any other official emergency number â emergency numbers vary by location). 4 Press . ⢠If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those features
[ 14 1 ] 16 off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular service provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so. ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUI R EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a r adio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits f or exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the S pecific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its hig hest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenn a, the lower the power output.
16 [ 142 ] Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.888 W/kg and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.306 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels o f various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/f ccid after searching on FCC ID GMLNHP-2FX. For body worn operation, this p hone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the Nokia accessories supplied or designated for this product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram o f tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other r egions please look under product information at: http://www .nokia.com.
[ 143 ] 16 ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years: ⢠K eep the phone and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitatio n, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot areas. High temper atures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone. Nonexpert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough h a ndling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments co uld damage the phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices.
16 [ 144 ] All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charger or any accessory . If any of them are not working properly , take them to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arr ange for service. ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to enhance your phone â s functionality , a range of accessories is available for you. Y ou can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communication needs. For availability of these and other accessories, contact your service provider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR ACCESSORY OPERATION ⢠K eep all accessori es out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-installed accessories are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of an y complex car accessories must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and could be dangerous. Refer to â Use accessories safely â on page 136 for important battery usage information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Not e: The phone has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batteries according to local regulations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose as household waste.
[ 145 ] 16 This section provides information about the phone â s battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. The tables shown in this section provide information about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), talk and standby times. Consult your service provider for more information. Charging Times Charging times for the BLB-3 Li-ion Battery (1 000 mAh) are approximate: Standby and T alk Times Not e: Battery talk and standby times are estimates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habits), temperatures to which batt ery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please n o te that the amount of time a phone is used for calls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Discharging Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Device : ACP-7U ACP-8U LCH-9 Charger only 4 hrs 15 min 2 hrs 15 min 2 hours DCH-8 4 hrs 15 min 2 hrs 15 min n/a DDC-1 4 hours 2 hrs 1 0 min n/a Mode T alk time Standby time Digital Up to 3.2 to 4 hours Up to 7 days to 15 days
16 [ 146 ] Note that a new battery's full performance is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the operating time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by the phone manufacturer and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacturer . Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than 72 hours, since overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Battery will not charge at temperatures above 140 ð F (60 ð C). ⢠CHARGERS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. W arning: Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories approved by Nokia for use with this particular phone model. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dang erous. For availability of approved accessories, please check with your dealer . When you disconnect t he power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. Learn about chargers and other accessories This section provides information about the phone â s chargers and accessories. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the chargers and accessories chan ge.
[ 147 ] 16 The chargers and accessories that are described in this section are available for your phone. Contact your dealer for details. Also, refer to the accessories br och ure tha t wa s i nclu ded i n your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Not e: When a charger i s not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its lifetime. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) and durable AC charger . T o use the Standard T ravel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall outlet and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Not e: If the battery is completely empty , you cannot use the phone unt il it has enough charge to operate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweight (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . T o use the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a standard 120 V or 220 V AC wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approximate charging times f or discharged batteries are shown in â Charging Times â on page 145.
16 [ 148 ] Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phone â s battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready for charging (when not charging). The b attery charging times are the same as those for the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U). The input voltage range is from 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid pro lon ged ch arg ing w ith the Rap id Ci gar ett e Lig hte r Ch arge r (L CH- 9) wh en the car engine is not r unning; this could cause your car battery to drain. Note also, that i n some cars, the cigarette lighter plug is not provided with electricity if the ignition is n o t switched on. Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), the Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8) is an economical choice when you need your phone close at hand. Also available: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Headset (HDC-9P) Small and li ghtweight, the headset kit allows easy and conven ient han dsfree o p er at i o n. T he h e a d se t ha s a f o am ear piece cover for a comfortable fit and has a clip to hold it firmly in place. A remote control button located in the microphone makes the headset convenient to use while answering or receiving calls. Headset (HDE-1) Similar in design and function to the HDC-9P . However , this headset does not have the remote control button on the microphone.
[ 149 ] 16 Data Cable (DLR-3P) Easy and convenient connection to your PC or laptop computer for wireless modem functionality . Compatible with Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Spare battery charger (DDC-1) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), this lightweight and stylish char ger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Loopset (LPS-1) With the Nokia Loopset, people who use a T -coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mob ile phone. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be wor n comfortably and discreetly . ⢠COMPLETE CAR KIT (CARK- 91 H ) Provides handsfree use and connection to an external antenna. In cludes Privacy Handset (HSU-1) for private conversations. Also available: Complete Car Kit, without privacy handset (CARK-9 1) phone sold separately
16 [ 150 ] Mobile Holder (MBC-1) Holds phone securely in place while driving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). ⢠FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) This section lists and answers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessary , the answers refer you to the appropriate text within this guide. Not e: Some o f the answers t ell you to use menu sh ortcuts. For a co mpl ete listing of these shortcuts, refer to â Menu shortcuts â on page 4. Q. How do I lock my phone? A. Press Menu 4-5-2-1 , then pres s Select. Enter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. How do I unlock my pho ne? A. Press Menu 4-5- 2-1 , press Select , enter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. What is my lock code? A. The lock code enables you to lock your phone, thus preventing someone else from using it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediately . Refer to â Phone lock â on page 1 06 for more information. Q. What is my security cod e?
[ 15 1 ] 16 A. The default security code is 12345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediately . Certain features can be used only after the correct security code has been successfully entered. Refer to â Security code â on page 1 05 for more information. Q. How do I lock the keypad? A. Press Menu f ollowed by . Refer to â Lock keypad (Keyguard) â on page 1 04 for more informatio n. Q. How do I unlock the keypad? A. Press Unlock , followed by . Refer to â Lock keypad (K eyguard) â on page 1 04 for more informatio n. Q. How do I make the phone ring louder? A. Press Menu 3-1-2-3 , pre ss Select , then choose a volume level. Refer to â Set ringing volume â on page 76 for more information. Q. How do I change the ringing tone? A. Press Menu 3 and scroll through the list o f profiles until you fi nd the one for which you want to chan ge the ringing tone, then press Select . Highlight Customize and press Select . Scroll to Ringing tone , then press Select . Scroll through the options. After you hear the tone you want to use, press Select . Refer to â Set a ringing tone â on page 76 for more information. Q. How do I store my voice mailbox number? A. Press Menu 0 1-2 -3 , enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . The screen tells you that the number is saved. This voice mailbox number is valid unless your phone number changes. If your phone number changes, you will have to save a new voice mailbox number .
16 [ 152 ] Refer to â Store your voice mailbox number â on page 58 for more information. Q. How do I call my voice mailb ox number (retrieve voice messages)? A. When your phone alerts you to new voice messages, press Listen and follow the prompts. If you â d rather listen to your messag es later , press Exit . T o listen to your voice messages at a later time, perform one of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 . T he me ss a ge Calling voice mailbox appears on the screen. Follow the prompts to access your messages. Q. How do I find my phone â s model number? A. Turn you r phone off, then r emove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phone â s model number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, "Model." Y ou may also have recorded this information on the title page of this user guide. Please refer to â User Guide for Nokia 637 0 Phone â on page 1. Q. How do I redial the last-dialed number . A. Press twi ce. Refer to â Dialed numbers â on page 54 for more information. Q. How do I assign a key to 1-touch dialing? A. Press Names and scroll to 1-touc h dial ing . Press Select . Scroll to the first number th at includes the message (empty) and press Assign . Scroll to the name/number to which you wan t to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat these steps as many times as necessary .
[ 153 ] 16 Refer to â 1-touch dialing â on page 96 for more information. Q. How do I find out how many memo ry locations the phone has? A. Press Names and scroll to Sett ings . Press Select . Scroll to Memory status and press Select again. A message appears that says Phone: xx free, xx used where xx indicates the percent of memory used. For more information, r efer to â Check memory status â on page 5 1 and â T echnical information â on page 159. Q. How do I find my phone â s ESN (electronic serial num ber)? A. Turn you r phone off, then r emove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phone â s ESN number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, "ESN." Q. How can I change the contrast of my phone â s dis play? A. Press Menu 4- 2-5 and press Select . Scroll up or down to adjust the contrast , then press OK . For more information, refer to â Adjust screen contrast â on page 35. Q. How do I clear my call timers? A. Press Menu 2-5-6 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Please re fer to â Clear call timersâ on page 56 for more information. W arning: The clearing of call timers cannot be undone
16 [ 154 ] ⢠GLOSSARY Ter m : Definiti on: analog network A network where the signal is conveyed by varying the frequency , amplitude or phase of the transmission. antenna The portion of your phone designed to transmit and receive the wireless signal. antenna jack The connector used to attach an external antenna to your mobile phone (typically used by the CARK-9 1US car kit ). battery The source of power for your mobile phone when the phone is not connected to a charger . bookmark A way to save a web si te address (or URL) to your phone â s memory . Use bookmarks to store the addresses of your favo rite web si tes, then recall them so you ca n return to the location quickly and easily . browser A software program used to view and navigate a portion of the Internet called the World Wide W eb , o r Internet locations developed for the minibrowser . data call A call in which your Noki a phone functions as a data/ fax modem, connected to your PC via the DLR-3P cable or infrared port. digital network Network where the signal is converted to a digital or binary code before transmissio n. earpiece The portion of your phone that cont ains the speaker . Used to pl ay the audio portion of a voice call as well as any other audible tones (for example: ringing, warning, etc.). earpiece volume The sound level of the earpiece â s spea ker during a call.
[ 155 ] 16 e-mail Electronic Mail. A written form of communication in which text (and other types of information) is tr ansm itt ed betwee n recipients electronically via special elec tronic mail systems managed by corporations and/or Internet service providers. END key Used to t erminate an active call or reject an inc oming call. Also used to return to the Start screen from the phone book or from within the phone â s menu.Functions as â back â key while using the Minibrowser . ESN Elec tronic Serial N umber . Used by w ireless se rvice pr ov id er s to identify your phone on the wireless network. fax call A call in which your Noki a phone functions as a data/ fax modem, connec ted to your PC vi a the DLR-3P cable or infrared port. home system Refers to the wireless system to which y ou are subsc ribed. home ty pe system Refers to the same type o f system to whi ch you ar e subscribed, but a system that is not your primary home syste m. Internet An elaborate system of interc onnected public and private computer networks around the world, used to provide access to information and enable communication between users worldwide. keypad tones The sound heard when a key on your phone â s keypad is presse d. message alert tone The sounds that are heard upon receipt of a text or sy ste m message ( e.g. call waiti ng notifica tion) by your phone. Ter m : Definiti on:
16 [ 156 ] microp hone The electronic elemen t in the base of your phone that picks up your voice and other sounds. navigate A term that refers to the act of moving from one Internet site or page to another , or to the act of moving from one area of your phone â s memory or menu to another . network services A term referring to those features and functions offered by wireless service providers (in additon to voice call services). non-home type system Any system that does not use the same wireless "format" as your home system. number keys The numbered keys on your phone â s keypad. power key A key on the front of the phone that allows y ou to turn the phone on or off. This key can also be used to recal l and switch your phone â s profi les. predictive text input A system developed for rapid text entry using your phone â s keypad. preferred syste m Refers to a system that is the same "format" as your hom e system, but is not the system to which you have subscribed. ringing option Refers to the way your phone plays (or if it play s) a ringing tone when you have an incoming call. profile Refers to the various settings relating to yo ur phone â s audible, visible and vibr ating alerts, and the ability to hav e multiple configurations to match yo ur location or environment. Ter m : Definiti on:
[ 157 ] 16 ringing tone The tone or melo dy that is heard when you have an incoming call . ringing volum e Refers to the vol ume of your phone â s ring ing tone. roaming The state of your phone when you are no longer in your home system. Add itional char ges may re sult. screen Y our phone â s display . scroll T o move through a list of names, menu items, etc. by using the phone â s scroll key s. Each new selection or option is highlighted as you scroll to it. select ion ke ys Refers to the keys under the lower left and lower right corners of your phone â s screen. SMS Short Message Service. A service whereby you can send and receive short text messages (typically around 160 characters) with your phone. system Another way to r efer to yo ur serv ice provide r â s wireless network. TA L K k e y The key used to make or answer a call. text message See SMS. URL Universal Resource Locator . A URL is a Web site â s specific address or location on the Internet (f o r example: http://www .nokia.com ). voice dialing The ability to dial numbers in your phone using the phone â s voice recognition feature. (see voice tags) Ter m : Definiti on:
16 [ 158 ] voice mail A system maintained by your service provider , used to record voice messages when you are unable to answer a call. voice mailbox The location on your service provider âÂÂs network used to store voice mail mess ages . voice tag A recording of a user â s voice that is assigned to a phone book entry . V oice tag is used in conjunction with voice dialing feature (see voice dialing). volume See earpiece volume or ringing volume. warning tones , game tones The tone played when your phone displays a warning, or those tones that are heard when you are playing one of the phone â s games. wireless network Y our service provider â s operating environment, including various types of hardware, software, and landline connections, which makes wireless calls possible. W orld Wide Web (WWW) The part of the Internet that is viewed using a software application called a web browser . The browser in your Nokia phone can acc ess many sites on the World Wide W e b , plus sites designed sp ecifically to be browsed from a mobile phone. Ter m : Definiti on:
[ 159 ] 16 ⢠T ECHNICAL INFORMATION Wireless system Single-band CDMA We i g h t 4.5 oz / 127 grams Dimensions Length: 5 in./ 129 mm (min) Width: 1.8 in / 53 mm (max) Thickness 0.8 in / 2 1 mm (max) Frequency range Highband 1850.04 - 190 9.92 MHz (TX) 1930.08 - 1989.96 MHz (RX) Battery voltage 3.6v nom inal Chargin g curre nt 850m Ah ma x Operating temp. -22 ð F to 140 ð F (-30 ð C to 60 ð C) No. of channels 1 150 highband No. of NAMs 2 Memory capacity Phone book: up to 500 entries with up to 5 numbers and 4 text fields per name Calendar: up to 500 entries To-do list: up to 30 entries Text messages: up t o 1 00 messages Digital dat a circuit-switched data/f ax 14.4 KBps Group 3 fax packet-switched data (IS-2000) up to 153.6 kbps
16 [ 160 ] ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution My phone isn â t charging. Charger and phone are not properly connected. Check connection between charger and phone/charger stand and phone. Charger is not p roperly plugged in. Make su re charger is properly plug ged into wall outlet. My phone isn â t making/answering calls. Batter y is not charged. Charge the battery . P oor signal strength Extend whip an tenna. Outside of service area. Change locations until the phone displays service availabl e. I can â t listen to my voice messages. Y ou don â t have voic e mail service. Call your wireless service provider . Y o u have not set up your voice mailbox with your service provider . Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have not saved your voice mail number in your ph one. See â Store yo ur voice mailbox number â on page 58. The voice mail number you have sa ved is incorrect. Call your wireless service provider . Y o u have forgotten your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your wireless service provider .
[ 16 1 ] 16 My SMS messages are not being deliver ed. Y ou don â t hav e SMS service. Call your wireless service provider . I can â t succ essfully tag a phone book entry or menu command. Exces sive back ground noise during the record ing proc ess. Find a quiet location and try again. V oice ta g memory is full. Follow screen prompt to erase an existing tag, making room for new voice tag. V oice dialing or voice command does not recognize my vo ice. V oice tag was recorded by someone other than yourself. Re-record voice tag using your voice. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution
17 [ 162 ] 17 Nokia One Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. ( â Nokiaâ ) warrants that this cellular phone ( â ProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that r esult in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty f or the Prod uct extends f or ONE (1) year b eginnin g on the date of the purchase of the Pr oduct. This one year period is extended by each whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends only to th e original purchaser ( â Co nsumer â ) of the Product and is n o t assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri ca. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokia â s sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative parts. Nokia â s limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedies are the Consumer â s exclusi ve remedies for breach of warranty .
[ 163 ] 17 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of ship ping the Product back to the Consumer after t he co mpletion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, acc id ent, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, worms, T r ojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, defaced or altered. e) The defect or damage was caused by the defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product.
17 [ 164 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â a â is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 W e st Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consu mer will be billed fo r any parts or labor cha rges not covered by th is limite d warranty . Th e Consumer wi ll be responsi ble for any expen ses relate d to reinst allation of the P roduct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some states the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days.
[ 165 ] 17 f) If the Product is returned during the li mited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokia â s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CONSUMER) UNDERST AND THA T THE PRODUCT MA Y C ON S IS T OF REF URBISHED EQUIPMENT THAT CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMITED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRITTEN WARRANTY . O THERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED WARRANTY IS THE CONSUMER â S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTH ER WA RRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUI PMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAIMS OF ANY THIRD P ARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJURY TO PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM BREACH OF THE W ARRANTY , BREACH OF CON TRACT , NEGLIG ENCE, STRICT T O RT , OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERIN G SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF U S E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP AIRED.
17 [ 166 ] 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer specific legal rights and the Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume f or it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expressly provided for in t his limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agreements o r understandings, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this l imited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800-24-NOK IA (1-800-246-6542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined wi thin their own warranty cards and packaging. Nokia is a register ed trademark of Nokia Corporation.
[ 167 ] 17 Appendix A: A message from the CTIA
17 [ 168 ] Safety is the most import ant call you will ever make. A Guide to Saf e and Resp onsibl e Wirel ess Phone Use T e ns of millions of people in the U.S. t oday take advantage of the unique combination of convenience, safety and value delivered by t he wireless telephone . Quite simply , the wireless phone gives people the powe rful ability to communicate by voice--almost anywhere, anytime--with the boss, with a client, with the kids, with eme rgency personnel or even with the police. Each year , Americans make billions of calls from their wireless pho nes, and the numbers are rapidl y growing. But an important responsibility accompanies those benefits , one that every wireless phone user must uphold. When driving a car , driving is your first responsibility . A wireless phone can be an invaluable tool, but good judgment must be exercised at all times while driving a mot or vehicle--whether on the phone or not. The basic less ons are one s we all learne d as teenagers. Driving requires alertness , caution and c ourtesy . It requires a heavy dos e of basic common sen s e---keep your head up, keep your eyes on the road, check your mirrors frequently and watch out for other drivers. It requires obeying al l traffic signs and signals and staying within the speed limit. It means using seatbelts and requiring other passengers to do the same. But with wireless phone use, driving safely means a little more. This brochure is a call to wireless phone users everywhe re to make safety their first priorit y when behind the wheel of a car . Wirel ess tel ecommunications is keeping us in t ouch, simplifying our lives, protecting us in emergencies and providing opportunities to help ot hers in need. When it comes to the use of wireless phones, safet y is your most important call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Below are safety tips to follow while driving and using a wireless phone which should be easy to remember . 1 Get to know your wireless phone and it s feature s such as speed dial and redial. Carefully read your instruction manual and le arn to take advantage of valuable features most phones offer , including automatic redial and memory . Also, work to memorize the phone keypad so you can use the speed dial function without t aking your attention off the road. 2 When available, use a hands free device. A number of hands free wireless phone accessories are readily available today . Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your wireless phone or a speaker phone acces sory , take advantage of these devices if availab le to you. 3 P osition your wireless phone w ithin easy reach. Make sure you place yo ur wireless phone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road. If you get an incoming call at an inconvenie nt time , if possible, let your voice mail answer it for you. 4 Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations. Let the person you are speaking with know you are driving; if nece ssary , sus pend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weat her conditions. Rain, sleet, snow and i ce can be hazardous, but so i s heavy traffic. As a driver , your first res ponsibility is to pay attenti on to the road.
[ 169 ] 17 5 Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. If you are reading an address book or business card, or writing a "to do" list w hile driving a car , you are not watching where you are going. It â s common sens e. Don â t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or w riting and not paying attent ion to the road or nearby ve hicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls whe n you are not moving or before pulling int o traffic. Try to plan your calls before you begin your t rip or attempt to coincide your calls with times you may be stopped at a stop sign, red light or otherwise stationary . But if you need to dial while driving, follow this simple tip- -dial only a few numbers, check the road and your mirrors, then continue. 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix --they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the w heel of a car . Make people you are talking with aware you are drivi ng and if necessary , suspend conver sations which have t he potential to divert your attention from the road. 8 Use your wirele ss phone to call for help. Y our w ireless phone is o ne of the greate st tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations--with your phone at y our side, help is on ly three numbers away . Dia l 9-1-1 or other local emergency number in the case of fire, traffic accident, road hazard or medical emergency . Remember , it is a free call on your wireless phone! 9 Use your wireless phone to help others in emergencies. Your w ireless phone provides you a perfect opportunity to be a "Good Samaritan" in your c ommunit y . If you see an auto accident, cri me in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other loca l emergency number , as you would want others to do for you. 1 0 Call roads ide assist ance or a special wireless non- emergency assist ance number when necessary . Certain situat ions you encounter w hile driving may require attention, but are not urgent enough to merit a call for e mergency services. But you still can use your wireless phone to lend a hand . If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assis tance or other special non-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and people driving irrespons ibly represent a hazard to everyone on the road. Since 1984, the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association and the wireles s industry have conducted educational outreach to inform wireless phone users of their respons ibilities as safe drivers and good citizens. As we approach a new century , more and more of us will take advant age of the benefits of wireless telephones . And, as we take to the roads, we all have a responsibility to drive safely . The wireless ind ustry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving. For more information, please call 1-888-90 1-SAFE. For updates: http://w ww .wow-com.com/cons umer/issues/driving/articles.cfm?ID=85 é 200 1 Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Ass ociation. All Rights Reserved.1250 Connecticut Avenue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (20 2) 785-008 1
17 [ 17 0 ]
[ 17 1 ] 17 Appendix B: A message from the FDA 1 1 . July 18, 200 1. For updates: http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones
17 [ 172 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administration 1. Do wireless phones pose a health hazard? The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are ass ociated with using wireless phone s. There is no proof, however , that wireless phones are absolutely safe. Wireless phones emit low levels of radiofrequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. They also emit very low levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects may occur , but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or in dete rmining the reasons for inconsiste nt results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phon es? Under the law , FDA does not revie w the safety of radiat ion-emitting consumer products such as wi reless phones before they can be sold, as it does with new drugs or medical devices. However , the agency has autho rity to take action if wireless phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level that is hazardous to the user . In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of wireless phones to notify users o f the health hazard and to repair , replace or recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists. Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, FDA has urged the wire less phone industry to take a numbe r of steps, including the following: ⢠Support needed research int o possible biological effect s of RF of the type emitted by wireless phones; ⢠Design wi reless phones in a way that mini mizes any RF exp osure to the user that is not necessa ry for device function; an d ⢠Coo perate in providing users of wireless pho nes with the best possible information on possible effects of wireless phone use on human health. FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have responsibility for diffe rent aspects o f RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at the federal level. The following agencies belong t o this worki ng group: ⢠National Inst itute for Occupational Safety and Health ⢠Environme ntal Protection Agency ⢠Federal Communications Commission ⢠Occupational Safety and Health Administration ⢠National Telecommunications and Information Administratio n The National Institutes of Health participates in some interagency working group activities, as well.
[ 173 ] 17 FDA shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phone s with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). All phones that are s old in the United States must comply with FCC s afety guidelines that limit RF exposure. FCC rel ies on FDA and other health agencies for safety questions about wireless phones. FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone networks rely upon. While these base stat ions operat e at higher pow er than do the wireles s phones themselves , the RF exposures that people get from these base st ations are typically t housands of times lower than those they can get from wireless pho nes. Base statio ns are thus not the subject of the safety ques tions discussed in t his document. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless phone refe rs here to hand-held wireless phones with built- in antennas, often called cell mobile o r PCS phones. These types of wirel ess phones can expose the user to measurable radiofre quency energy (RF) because o f the short dis tance between the phone and the user â s head. These RF expo sures are limited by Federal Communications Commission safety guidelines that were developed w ith the advice of FDA and other federal health and safety agencies. When the phone is located at greater distances from the user , the exposure to RF is drastically lower because a person's RF exposure decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The s o-called cordless phones; which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiri ng in a house, typically operate at far lower power levels, and t hus produce RF exposures far below the FCC safety limits. 4. What are the results of the res earch done already? The research done thus far has produced conflicting results, and many studies have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures characteristic of wireless phones have yielded conflicting results that often cannot be repeated in other laboratories. A few animal studies, however , have suggested that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory animals. However , many of the studies that showed increased tumor development used animals that had been genetically engineered or treated with cancer-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to develop cancer in the absence of RF exposure. Other studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22 hours per day . These conditions are not similar to the conditio ns under which people use wireles s phones, so we do n â t know with certa inty what the results of such studies mean for human health. Three large epidemiology studies have been published since December 2000. Betwee n them, the stud ies investigated any possible association betwee n the use of wireless phones and primary brai n cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acous tic neuroma, tumors of the brain or salivary gland, l eukemia, or other cancers. None of the studies demonstrated the exis tence of any harmful health effects from w ireless phone RF exposures. However , none of the studies can answer questions about long-term exposures, since the average period of phone use in these studies was around three years. 5. What research is needed to decide whether RF expos ure from wireless phones poses a health risk?
17 [ 174 ] A combination of laboratory s tudies and epidemiological studies of people actually using wireless phones would provide some of the data that are needed. Lifeti me animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However , very large numbers of animals would be ne eded to provid e reliable proof of a cancer promoting effect if one exists. Epidemiological studies can provide data that is directly applicable to human populations, but 1 0 or more years follow- up may be needed to pro vide answers about some health effects, such as cancer . This is because the interval between the time of exposure to a cancer-causing agent and the time t umors develop - if they do - may be many , many years. The interpretation of epidemiological studies is hampered by difficulties in measuring actual RF exposure during day-to-day us e of wireless phones. Many factors affect this measurement, such as the angle at which the phone is held, or which model o f phone is used. 6. What is FDA doing to find out more about the possible health effects of wireless phone RF? FDA is working with the U.S. National Toxicology Program and with groups of investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are conducted to address important questions about t he effects of expo sure to radiofrequency energy (RF). FDA has been a leading participant in the W orld Health Organization Int ernational Electromagnet ic Fields (EMF) Project s ince its inceptio n in 1996. An influential result of this work has been the development of a detailed agenda of research ne eds that has driven the establishme nt of new res earch programs around the world. The Proje ct has also help ed develop a series of public information docume nts on EMF issues. FDA and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) have a forma l Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do research on wireless phone safety . FDA provides the scientific oversi ght, obtaining input from experts in government, industry , and academic organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through cont racts to indepe ndent investigat ors. The initial research w ill include both laboratory studies and studies of wireless phone users. The CRADA will also include a broad assessment of additional research needs in t he context of the latest research developments around the w orld. 7. How can I fin d out how much radiofrequency energ y exposure I can get by using my wir eless phone? All phones sol d in the Unite d States must comply with Fede ral Communications Commission (FCC) guide lines that limit radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures. FCC established these guide lines in consultation with FDA and the other federal health and safety agencies. T he FCC limit for RF exposure from wireless te lephones is s et at a Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC limit is consistent with the safety standards developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic En gineering (IEEE) and the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement. The exposure limit takes into consid eration the body â s abilit y to remove heat from the tissues that absorb energy from the wireless phone and is set well below levels known to have effects.
[ 175 ] 17 Manufacturers of wireless phones must report the RF exposure level for each model of phone to the FCC. The FCC website (http://www .fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety) gives directio ns for locating the FCC identification number on your phone so you can find your phone â s RF exposure level in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequ ency energy coming from wireless phones? The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) is developing a technical standard for measuring the radiofrequency ene rgy (RF) exposure from wi reless phones and other wireless handsets wit h the participation and leadership of FDA scientists and engineers. The standard, Recommended Pract ice for Determining the Spatial-P eak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques, sets forth the first consistent test methodo logy for measuring the rate at which RF is deposited in the heads of wireless phone users. The test method uses a tissue-simulat ing model of the human head. Standardized SAR test methodology is expected to greatly improve the consiste ncy of measurements made at different laboratories on the same phone. SAR is the me asurement of the amount of energy absorbed in tissue, either by t he whole body or a small part of t he body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliwatt s/g) of matter . This measurement is used to determine whether a wireless pho ne complies with safety guidelines. 9. What steps can I t a ke to reduce my exposure to radiofrequency en ergy from my wireless phone? If there is a risk from these products--and at this point we do not know that there is-- it is probably very s mall. But if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF). Since time is a key factor in how much exposure a p erson receives, reducing t he amount of time spent using a wireless phone will reduce RF exposure. If you must conduct extended conversations by wireless phone every day , you could place more distance be tween your body and the source of the RF , since the exposure level drops off dramatically wit h distance. For ex ample, you could use a headset and carry the wireless phone away from your body or use a wireless phone connected to a remote anten n a. Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that wireless phones are harmful. But if you ar e concern ed about the RF exposu re fr om th ese produc ts, you c an use meas ures like those described above to reduce your RF exposure from wireless phone use. 1 0.What about children using wireless ph ones? The scientific evidence does not show a danger to users of wireless phones, including children and teenagers. If you want to take steps to lowe r exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF), the measures described ab ove would apply to children and tee nagers using wireless phones. Reducing the time of wireless phone use and increasing the distance between the user and the RF source will reduce RF exposure.Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using wireless phones at all . For example, the government in t he United K ingdom distrib uted leaflets containing such a recommendation in December 2000. They noted that no
17 [ 176 ] evidence exists that using a wireless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit wireless phone use by children was strictly precaut ionary; it was not based on scientific evide nce that any health hazard exists. 1 1.What about wireless phone interference with medical equ ipment? Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wirele ss phones can interact w ith some ele ctronic devices. For this reason, FDA helped develop a detailed test method to measure electromagnetic interference (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemakers and defibrillat ors from wireless telep hones. This test method is now part of a standard s ponsored by the Association for the Advancement of Medical instrumentation (AA MI). The final draft, a joint effort by FDA, medical device manufacturers, and many other groups, w as completed in late 2000. This standard wi ll allow manufacturers to ensure that cardi ac pacemakers and defibrillat ors are safe from wireles s phone EMI. FDA has tested hearing aids for interference from handheld wireless phones and helped develop a voluntary standard sponsored by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies tes t methods and performance req uirements for hearing aids and wireless phones so that no interference occurs when a person uses a compatible pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same t ime. This standard was approved by the IEEE in 2000. FDA continues to monitor the use of wire less phones for poss ible interactions with other medical devices. Should harmful interference be found to occur , FDA will conduct testing to assess the interference and w ork to reso lve the problem. 12.Where can I find additional informat ion? For additional information, please refer to the following resources: ⢠FDA web page on wireless phones http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones /index.html ⢠Federal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Program http ://www .fcc.go v/oet/r fsafet y ⢠International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiatio n Protection http://www .icnirp.de ⢠World Health Organi zation (WHO) International EMF Project http:// www .w ho.int/em f ⢠National Radiological Prot ection Board (UK) http://www .nrpb .org. uk/ July 18, 200 1For updates: http://www .fda.gov/cdrh/phones
[ 177 ] Index 18 Index Numerics 1-touch dialing 96 setup 96 3-way conference calls 89 A ABC and 123 modes 37 access codes lock code 10 6 security code 105 accessibility alternate formats 8 features 8 mobile inductive loopset 9 solutions 8 TTY contact 8 website 8 accessories 144 battery 145 cigarette lighter charger 148 complete car kit 149 data cable 149 data cable dlr-3p 149 desktop charging stand 148 loopset lps-1 149 mobile holder 150, 150 spare battery charge r 149 accessory cigarette lighter charger 148 headset kit 148 rapid travel charger 147 standar d travel c harger 147 acessories complete car kit 149 activate automatic redial 91 call forwarding 86, 88 loopset 79 TTY/TDD 78 adjust the volume 35 advanced calling features 85 alternate formats audiocassette 8 e-text 8 large print 8 requesting 8 antenna contact with 13 location 13 automatic redial 91 Automatic update of service 11 0 B battery charging 14 important information 15 indicator 14 installing 13 prolonged charging 136 prolonging life 16 removal 15
[ 178 ] Index battery low indication 136 braille user guides 8 business car ds receiving 126 sending 125 C cable connecting to a PC 127 calculator 11 7 currency conversion 1 18, 1 1 8 using 11 7 calendar 4-way scrolling 11 4 alarms 11 6 day view 11 4 make a note 11 5 note types 11 6 note view 11 5 set the date 11 5 week list view 11 4 call forwarding 86, 88 activate 88 cancel 88 feature codes 87 call lists, clearing 54 call restrictions 10 8 adding 10 9 editing 10 9 erasing 11 0 selecting 10 9 call timers clearing 56 turning on 56 call waiting 88 answer a new call 88 switch between calls 88 caller groups 50 assign a number 50 edit options 51 phone book menu 46 calls 1-touch dialing 96 3-way calls 89 answer a call 19 call waiting 88 end a call 19 ignoring 3 make a call 19 phone lock 10 7 redial last 3 reject a call 19 car kit 149 certification information 14 1 change letter case 38 characters, entering 39 charge the battery 14 clock automatic settings 82 displaying the clock 82 hiding the clock 82 set th e ti me 81 time format 81 compose a picture message 66
[ 179 ] Index connecting to a PC 127 contacting Nokia 9 contacting your service provider 11 Content Copier (PC Suite) 127 contrast, adjusting 35 currency conversion 11 8 D data cable 149 Data call timers 57 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 127 desktop charging stand 148 dialed calls, checking 53 dictionary , add words 43 Digital Data 128 display language 80 dlr-3p 149 download pictures 65 download a ringing tone 80 download pictures 65 Download software 128 E edit a name or number 47 e-mail 64 emergency calls 140 enter characters 39 numbers 38 punctuation 39 enter a space 38 enter letters 37 entering letters and numbers 37 Entering text change letter case 38 enter a space 38 erase a mista ke 38 erase mistakes 38 names and numbers 49 erase mistakes 38 erase names or numbers 47 ESN number 10 F FAQ 150 F ax call timers 57 G games 122 starting 122 glossary of terms 154 H headset connect 34 setup 34 use 34 Headset Kit 148 hearing impaired solutions 9 help 22
[ 180 ] Index I icons 6 in-call options 85 Infrared conn ections 124 IR activating 124 connecting to a PC 127 receiving a business card 126 sending a business card 125 sending a reminder note 126 status 125 K keyguard 10 4 keypad 12 about 17 lock 10 4 keypad tones, setting 77 keys and features 12 keys, selection 21 L label 10 language setting 80 letters, entering 37 lock code 10 6 changing 10 6 lock keypad 10 4 loopset 9 description 149 loopset (LPS-1) 9 LPS-3 9 M memory status, checking 51 menu shortcuts 24 menu number and scroll bar 23 menu shortcuts 24 menu tips 23 menus, phone 22 message alert tone, setting 77 messages e-mail messages 64 options 62 picture 65 receiving via minibrowser 134 text 60 using templates 63 writing 60 Minibrowser receiving messages via 134 Minibrowser timer options 57 missed calls, checking 53 mistakes, erasing 38 mobile holder 150 model number 10 Modem Setup 128 N name or number edit 47 names or numbers, erasing 49 navigate phone menus 23
[ 18 1 ] Index network services 7 subscribing 7 Nokia PC Suite 127 number type, changing 48 number types 47 numbers, add to message 43 numbers, entering 38 O one-touch dialing 96 options in-call menu 85 P PC Composer (PC Suite) 127 PC Connectivity 127 PC Suite Content Copier 127 Instructions 12 7 PC Composer 127 PC Sync 127 PC Suite (application) 127 PC Sync (PC Suite) 127 phone certification information 14 1 radio frequency signals 14 1 phone book add entries 44 add number to entry 47 add other info 50 caller groups 50 change number type 48 change views 46 edit entry 47 erase names 49 erase numb ers 49 erasing 49 menus 45 opening 45 primary number 48 recall name or number 45 phone book menu 32 phone book menu options 32 phone help 22 phone lock 10 6 activating/deactivating 107 allowed number 107 lock code 10 6 making a call 107 phone menus 22 phone symbols 20 picture messages about 65 compose and send 66 modifying 67 receiving 65 when rece ived 65 write 66 power on your phone 16 predictive text 40 tips for 42 turning off 42 turning on 42 primary number , specifying 48
[ 182 ] Index profile customizing 75 defined 74 renaming 78 selecting 74 profiles headset 79 loopset 79 tty/tdd 79 punctuation, entering 39 Q quick save 44 R Racket 122 Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 148 Rapid T ravel Charger 147 received calls, checking 53 remind ers 126 remove the battery 15 restrict calls 10 8 ring options, setting 75 ring volume 76 ring volume, setting 76 ringing tone, setting 76 ringing tones, download 80 rings and tones 74 S SAR 14 1 save e-mail address 50 phone book entry 44 street addres se 50 scroll keys 12, 18, 23 scroll through menus 23 security 10 4 lock keypad 10 4 phone lock 10 6 security code 10 5 security code changing 10 5 security settings call restrictions 10 8 phone lock 10 6 selecting call restrictions 10 9 selection keys 21 sending picture messages 65 serial number 10 service provider differences 7 signing up 7 service provider , contacting 11 set the date 11 5 set the ring volume and tone 76 set up your headset 34 your phone 13 Setting time (manual) 81 Setting time (network) 82 shortcuts 24
[ 183 ] Index shortcuts, list of 24 Snake II 122 Software download 128 spaces , entering 39 special characters 39 specify a primary number 48 Standard Travel Charger 147 start scree n about 16 indicators 17 menu number 23 starting a game 122 strings, touch tone 10 0 switch on your phone 16 symbols displayed on your phone 20 symbols, inserting 43 T TDD 9 technical information 159 templates 63 terms 5 text conventions 6 text messages e-mail messages 64 touch tones length 99 manual 99 sending 10 0 storing 10 0 troubleshooting 160 TTY 9, 79 turn on your phone 16 U underlined wo rds 42 understanding wireless network services 7 unlock ke ypad 10 4 updates to this guide 7 use th e head set 34 V vibrating alert, setting 77 view calendar note 11 5 dialed calls 53 missed calls 53 new text messages 67 picture messages 65 received calls 53 to-do list note 11 7 voice command shortcut 4 V oice commands 83 voice commands create a voice tag 83 using 84 voice dialing 93 dialing a number 95 important notes 94 voice tags 94 working with tags 84, 95 voice mail greetings 58
[ 184 ] Index voice mail, setting up 58 voice messages, listening to 59 voice tags add 94 change or erase 95 volume, adjusting 35 W warning and game tones, setting 78 web address for updates 7 welcome note, adding 82 wireless modem setup 128 wireless network services 7
[ 185 ] Index P ara obtener un manual del usuario en espa ñ ol favor de llamar o enviar un fax al tel é fono 1-888-NOKI A-2U, fax 8 13-249-96 19.